Перевод: со всех языков на английский

who was it

1 who

[huː]
1. pronoun

(used as the subject of a verb) what person(s)(?):

Who is that woman in the green hat?

Who did that?

Who won?

Do you know who all these people are?
من؟: ضمير إستِفْهام عن الفاعِل العاقِل
2. relative pronoun

1) (used to refer to a person or people mentioned previously to distinguish him or them from others, used as the subject of a verb: usually replaceable by that):

(the) one(s) that: The man who/that telephoned was a friend of yours

A doctor is a person who looks after people's health.
ضَمير صِلَة يَعود إلى العاقِل الفاعل بِمَعْنى: الذي، التي، الذين، اللواتي
2) used, after a comma, to introduce a further comment on a person or people:

His mother, who was so proud, gave him a hug.
ضَمير يأتي في بدايَة جُمْلَة الصِّلَه غَيْر المُحَدِّدَه

Arabic-English dictionary > who
2 who

الَّتِي \ who: telling one from another; showing the person meant: Invite the boy who won the race, describing (note the commas): Her only girl, who was born abroad, died young. \ See Also الذي (الَّذِي)‏ \ وهو الذي \ who: describing (note the commas): Her only girl, who was born abroad, died young. \ See Also وهي التي

Arabic-English glossary > who
3 was

I Interrog. Pron. what (auch umg. für wie bitte?); was für ( ein) ...? what sort of...?; was für Länder kennst du schon? which countries have you already been to?; was für eine Farbe hat...? what colo(u)r is...?; was ist sein Vater? what does his father do?; was willst du werden? what do you want to be?; was willst du überhaupt? what do you actually want?; was kostet das? how much is it?, what ( oder how much) does it cost?; was haben Sie an Wein etc.? what have you got in the way of wine etc.?; was ist denn? umg. what’s the matter?, what’s wrong?; was noch? what else?; was dann? and then what?; um was handelt es sich? umg. what’s it (all) about?; auf was wartest du? umg. what are you waiting for?; an was denkst du? umg. what are you thinking about?; was (warum) muss er lügen? umg. why does he have to lie?; was weiß ich! umg. how should I know?, search me; und was nicht alles umg. and all that; das tut weh, was? umg. it hurts, doesn’t it?; es zählt das Was, nicht das Wie it doesn’t matter how you do it, just get it done; machen I, nun I 1, sollen2 2 etc.

II Interj.: was, du rauchst nicht mehr? umg. what, you don’t smoke any more?; was für ein Unsinn / Krach etc.! what nonsense etc. / what a noise etc.; was für ein Wetter! what weather!; was haben wir gelacht! umg. what a laugh we had; was ist das doch schwierig this is so hard; ach I 5

III Rel. Pron. (das was) what; (welches) that, which; den Inhalt des vorhergehenden Satzes aufnehmend: which; das war alles, was er mir erzählte that was all (that) he told me; alles, was er weiß everything (that) he knows; ..., was ihn völlig kalt ließ... which left him cold; was auch immer whatever (auch am Satzende), no matter what; was ihn betrifft as for him, as far as he’s concerned; was ich noch sagen wollte... the other thing I wanted to say...

IV unbest. Pron. umg. (etwas) something; ich sehe was, was du nicht siehst I spy with my little eye; weißt du schon was? have you heard anything?; ist was? what’s up?, is anything the matter?; was Schlechtes / Gutes / noch etc. something bad / good / else etc.; was Neues? any news?, anything new?; das ist was anderes that’s different; und nun zu ganz was anderem! and now for something completely different!; eine Palme oder so was ( Ähnliches) a palm tree or something like that ( oder something similar); na, so was! bes. iro. well I never!; was du nicht sagst! you don’t say!; hat man so was schon gesehen? have you ever seen anything like it?; so was von blöd! stupid or what?, how stupid can you get?; das war vielleicht was! that was really something!; da war doch was there was something there; ich will dir mal was sagen I’ll tell you something; bes. drohend: I’ll tell you what; schäm dich was! you ought to be ashamed of yourself; siehe auch so I 7, wissen

* * *

whatsoever (Pron.); whatever (Pron.); what (Pron.)

* * *
wạs [vas]
1. interrog pron

1) what; (= wie viel) how much, what

was kostet das? — how much is that?, what does or how much does that cost?

was ist or gibts? — what is it?, what's up?

was ist, kommst du mit? — well, are you coming?

sie kommt nicht – was? — she's not coming – what?

was hast du denn?, was ist denn los? — what's the matter (with you)?, what's wrong?

was willst or hast du denn? — what are you talking about?

was denn? (ungehalten) — what (is it)?; (um Vorschlag bittend) but what?

was denn, bist du schon fertig? — what, are you finished already?

das ist gut, was? (inf) — that's good, isn't it?

was haben wir gelacht! (inf) — how we laughed!

was ist das doch schwierig (inf) — it's really difficult

2) (inf = warum) why, what... for

was lachst du denn so? — what are you laughing for?, why are you laughing?

3)

was für... — what sort or kind of...

was für ein Haus hat er? — what sort or kind of (a) house does he have?

was für ein schönes Haus! — what a lovely house!

und was für ein Haus! — and what a house!

was für ein Wahnsinn! — what madness!

2. rel pron
(auf ganzen Satz bezogen) which
das, was... — that which..., what...

ich weiß, was ich/er tun soll — I know what I should do or what to do/what he should do

was auch (immer) — whatever

das ist etwas, was ich nicht verstehe — that is something (which) I don't understand

alles, was... — everything or all (that)...

das Beste/Schönste/wenige/Einzige, was ich... — the best/prettiest/little/only thing (that) I...

schreib/iss etc was du kannst (inf) — write/eat etc what you can

lauf, was du kannst! (inf) — run as fast as you can!

was du immer hast! — you do go on!

3. indef pron (inf) abbr
something; (fragend, bedingend auch, verneint) anything; (unbestimmter Teil einer Menge) some, any
(na,) so was! — well I never!

so was von Blödheit — such stupidity

er ist so was von doof — he's so incredibly stupid

kann ich dir was helfen? (inf) — can I give you a hand?

ist (mit dir) was? — is something the matter (with you)?

See:

→ auch etwas, sehen

* * *

1) (used in questions etc when asking someone to point out, state etc one or more persons, things etc: What street is this?; What's your name/address / telephone number?; What time is it?; What (kind of) bird is that?; What is he reading?; What did you say?; What is this cake made of?; `What do you want to be when you grow up?' `A doctor.'; Tell me what you mean; I asked him what clothes I should wear.) what

2) (( also adverb) used in exclamations of surprise, anger etc: What clothes she wears!; What a fool he is!; What naughty children they are!; What a silly book this is!) what

3) (the thing(s) that: Did you find what you wanted?; These tools are just what I need for this job; What that child needs is a good spanking!) what

4) (( also relative adjective) any (things or amount) that; whatever: I'll lend you what clothes you need; Please lend me what you can.) what

5) ((also what ever) used in questions or exclamations to express surprise etc: Whatever will he say when he hears this?) what

* * *

was

[vas]

I. pron interrog

1. (welches Ding) what

\was macht er beruflich? what's his job?

\was kann ich dir anbieten? what can I offer you?

für \was brauchst du es? what do you need it for?

mit \was beschäftigt Max sich? how does Max occupy his time?

was \was alles weiß! what a lot Peter knows!

2. (fam: welch)

\was für ein(e)... what sort [or kind] of

\was für ein Auto hat sie?, \was hat sie für ein Auto? what kind of car has she got?

\was war das für eine Anstrengung! that really was an effort!, what an effort that was!

\was für ein Glück! what a stroke of luck!

\was für ein Wahnsinn! what madness!

\was für ein schöner Garten! what a lovely garden!

und \was für ein Garten! and what a garden!

\was für eine sie ist, das weiß ich auch nicht I don't know either what sort of a person she is

3. (welcher Grund) what

\was ist [o gibt's]? what's up?

was \was, kommst du mit? well, are you coming?

\was hast du denn?, \was ist denn [los]? what's the matter?, what's wrong?

\was denn, du bist schon fertig? what, are you finished already?

\was denn, du willst doch nicht schon gehen? you're not going already, are you?

ach \was! oh, come on!, of course not!

\was lachst du denn so? what are you laughing for?, why are you laughing?

4. (wie viel) what, how much

\was kostet das? what [or how much] does that cost?

5. (wie sehr) how

\was habe ich gelacht! how I laughed!

\was ist das doch kompliziert! it's really complicated!

6. (fam: nicht wahr) isn't it/doesn't it/aren't you

das ist gut, \was? that's good, isn't it?, not bad, eh? fam

II. pron rel

1. (welches) what

ich weiß, \was ich tun muss I know what I have to do

\was mich betrifft, [so]... as far as I'm concerned...

▪ das, \was that which form, what

das ist etwas, \was ich nicht tun werde that is something [which] I won't do

das ist das Beste, \was du tun kannst that's the best thing you can do

das Einzige, \was ich Ihnen sagen kann, ist, dass er morgen kommt the only thing I can tell you is that he's coming tomorrow

das Wenige, \was ich besitze, will ich gerne mit dir teilen the little that I possess I will gladly share with you

2. (in erläuterndem Nebensatz) which

sie hat zugestimmt, \was mich gefreut hat he agreed, which pleased me

es hat auf der Fahrt geregnet, \was mich aber nicht gestört hat it rained during the journey, but that didn't bother me

3. (fam: wer)

\was ein ganzer Kerl ist, der stellt sich einem Kampf anyone worth his salt will put up a fight

4. DIAL (derjenige, diejenige)

\was unsere Mutter ist, die sagt immer... our mother always says...

5. DIAL (der, die, das)

der Peter, \was unser Jüngster ist... Peter, who is our youngest...

III. pron indef (fam)

1. (etwas) something; (in Fragen, Verneinungen) anything

sie hat kaum \was gesagt she hardly said anything [or a thing]

kann ich dir \was zu trinken anbieten? can I offer you a drink?

kann ich \was helfen? can I give you a hand?

das will \was heißen that really means something

iss nur, es ist \was ganz Leckeres! just eat it, it's something really tasty!

so \was something like that, such a thing

so \was könnte dir nicht passieren nothing like that could happen to you

so \was Ärgerliches/Dummes! how annoying/stupid!

so \was von Dummheit such stupidity

[na,] so \was! really?

nein, so \was! you don't say!

sie ist so \was wie ne Architektin she's an architect or something of the sort

2. (irgendetwas) anything

ist \was? is anything wrong?, is something the matter?

ob er \was gemerkt hat? I wonder if he noticed anything?

fällt Ihnen an dem Bild \was auf? does anything strike you about the picture?

gibt's \was Neues? is there any news?

haben die \was miteinander? is there something between them?

aus ihr wird mal \was werden she'll make something of herself

aus ihm wird nie \was werden he'll never come to anything

gib Bescheid, wenn ich \was für dich tun kann! let me know when I can do something for you

3. (fam: Teil einer Menge) some

ich will auch \was I want some too

4. DIAL (ein wenig) a little, a bit

möchtest du noch \was Kaffee? would you like some more coffee?

sprich bitte \was lauter! could you speak a little louder, please?

* * *

was

A. int pr what (auch umg für

wie bitte?);

was für (ein) …? what sort of …?;

was für Länder kennst du schon? which countries have you already been to?;

was für eine Farbe hat …? what colo(u)r is …?;

was ist sein Vater? what does his father do?;

was willst du werden? what do you want to be?;

was willst du überhaupt? what do you actually want?;

was kostet das? how much is it?, what ( oder how much) does it cost?;

was haben Sie an Wein etc? what have you got in the way of wine etc?;

was ist denn? umg what’s the matter?, what’s wrong?;

was noch? what else?;

was dann? and then what?;

um was handelt es sich? umg what’s it (all) about?;

auf was wartest du? umg what are you waiting for?;

an was denkst du? umg what are you thinking about?;

was (warum)

muss er lügen? umg why does he have to lie?;

was weiß ich! umg how should I know?, search me;

und was nicht alles umg and all that;

das tut weh, was? umg it hurts, doesn’t it?;

es zählt das Was, nicht das Wie it doesn’t matter how you do it, just get it done; → machen A, nun A 1, sollen² 2 etc

B. int:

was, du rauchst nicht mehr? umg what, you don’t smoke any more?;

was für ein Unsinn/Krach etc! what nonsense etc/what a noise etc;

was für ein Wetter! what weather!;

was haben wir gelacht! umg what a laugh we had;

was ist das doch schwierig this is so hard; → ach A 5

C. rel pr (das was) what; (welches) that, which; den Inhalt des vorhergehenden Satzes aufnehmend: which;

das war alles, was er mir erzählte that was all (that) he told me;

alles, was er weiß everything (that) he knows;

…, was ihn völlig kalt ließ … which left him cold;

was auch immer whatever (auch am Satzende), no matter what;

was ihn betrifft as for him, as far as he’s concerned;

was ich noch sagen wollte … the other thing I wanted to say …

D. indef pr umg (etwas) something;

ich sehe was, was du nicht siehst I spy with my little eye;

weißt du schon was? have you heard anything?;

ist was? what’s up?, is anything the matter?;

was Schlechtes/Gutes/noch etc something bad/good/else etc;

was Neues? any news?, anything new?;

das ist was anderes that’s different;

und nun zu ganz was anderem! and now for something completely different!;

eine Palme oder so was (Ähnliches) a palm tree or something like that ( oder something similar);

na, so was! besonders iron well I never!;

was du nicht sagst! you don’t say!;

hat man so was schon gesehen? have you ever seen anything like it?;

so was von blöd! stupid or what?, how stupid can you get?;

das war vielleicht was! that was really something!;

da war doch was there was something there;

ich will dir mal was sagen I’ll tell you something; besonders drohend: I’ll tell you what;

schäm dich was! you ought to be ashamed of yourself; → auch so A 7, wissen

* * *

adj.

whatsoever adj. pron.

what pron.

whatever pron.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > was
4 Was man nicht im Kopf hat, hat man in den Beinen.

Those who can't use their head must use their back.

Deutsch-Englisches Wörterbuch > Was man nicht im Kopf hat, hat man in den Beinen.
5 Es hätte wer weiß was passieren können.

Who knows what could have happened?

Deutsch-Englisches Wörterbuch > Es hätte wer weiß was passieren können.
6 Wer weiß (denn) schon, was ... ?

Who can say what... ?

Deutsch-Englisches Wörterbuch > Wer weiß (denn) schon, was ... ?
7 droevig was het lot van hen die bleven

droevig was het lot van hen die bleven

sad was the fate of those who stayed

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > droevig was het lot van hen die bleven
8 zij was het die …

zij was het die …

it was she who …

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > zij was het die …
9 US children's TV show that was especially popular in the 70s.

General subject: (It took place in a kindergarten classroom and featured an uptight teacher named Ms. Suzy or something who would always make the kids say grace befor romper room

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > US children's TV show that was especially popular in the 70s.
10 und wer weiß was noch

(alles)

ugs

and who knows what else coll.

Deutsch-Englisches Wörterbuch > und wer weiß was noch
11 US children's TV show that was especially popular in the 70s. (It took place in a kindergarten classroom and featured an uptight teacher named Ms . Suzy or something who would always make the kids say grace befor

General subject: romper room

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > US children's TV show that was especially popular in the 70s. (It took place in a kindergarten classroom and featured an uptight teacher named Ms . Suzy or something who would always make the kids say grace befor
12 zebilen

(who) was walking

Euskara-ingeles hiztegi berria > zebilen
13 être

être [εtʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. linking verb

2. auxiliary verb

3. intransitive verb

4. impersonal verb

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 61

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Pour les locutions comme être en colère, c'est dommage, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. to be

• le ciel est bleu the sky is blue

• soyez sages ! be good!

• il était fatigué he was tired

• elle est traductrice she's a translator

• il est tout pour elle he's everything to her

• il n'est plus rien pour moi he doesn't mean anything to me any more

• nous sommes dix à vouloir partir ten of us want to go

► être de

• nous sommes de la même religion we are of the same faith

• être de l'expédition to take part in the expedition

• être de noce to be at a wedding

• je ne serai pas du voyage I won't be going

• elle est des nôtres she's one of us ; ( = elle vient avec nous) she's coming with us

• serez-vous des nôtres demain ? will you be coming tomorrow?

   b. (date) on est le 12 janvier

• nous sommes le 12 janvier it's 12 January

• on était en juillet it was in July

• quel jour sommes-nous ? (date) what's the date today? ; (jour) what day is it today?

2. <

   a. (passif) to be

• être fabriqué par... to be made by...

• il est soutenu par son patron he is backed up by his boss

• elle n'a pas été invitée she hasn't been invited

   b. (temps composés) to have

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les temps composés anglais sont généralement formés avec le verbe to have et non to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les temps composés français ne se traduisent pas toujours par des temps composés anglais: le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est mort hier he died yesterday

• il est parti hier he left yesterday

• est-il déjà passé ? has he been already?

• nous étions montés we had gone upstairs

   c. (verbes pronominaux) elle s'est regardée dans la glace she looked at herself in the mirror

• elle s'était endormie she had fallen asleep

• ils se sont regardés avec méfiance they looked at each other suspiciously

3. <

   a. to be

• elle n'est plus she is no more

• le meilleur homme qui soit the kindest man imaginable

• le village est à 10 km d'ici the village is 10km from here

• où étais-tu ? where were you?

   b. ( = aller)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque avoir été décrit un déplacement, il est rendu le plus souvent par to go ; lorsqu'il exprime le fait de s'être trouvé quelque part, il se traduit par to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il n'avait jamais été à Londres he'd never been to London

• as-tu déjà été à l'étranger ? -- oui j'ai été en Italie l'an dernier have you ever been abroad? -- yes I went to Italy last year

• elle a été lui téléphoner she's gone to phone him

• il a été dire que c'était de ma faute he went and said that it was my fault

4. <

   a. ► il est + adjectif it is

• il est étrange que... it's odd that...

• il a été facile de le convaincre it was easy to convince him

   b. ► il est (pour dire l'heure) it is

• il est 10 heures it's 10 o'clock

• il était 8 heures quand il est arrivé it was 8 o'clock when he arrived

• quelle heure est-il ? what time is it?

   c. ► il est + nom (literary) (nom singulier) there is ; (nom pluriel) there are

• il est un pays où... there is a country where...

• il est des gens qui... there are people who...

• il était une fois... once upon a time there was...

   d. ► c'est, ce sont + nom ou pronom

• c'est le médecin (en désignant) that's the doctor ; (au téléphone, à la porte) it's the doctor

• c'est une voiture rapide it's a fast car

• ce sont de bons souvenirs they are happy memories

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais, to be se met au temps de l'action décrite.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est une voiture rouge qui l'a renversé it was a red car which knocked him down

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Notez l'emploi possible d'un auxiliaire en anglais pour traduire les propositions tronquées.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• qui a crié ? -- c'est lui who shouted? -- he did or it was him

   e. ► c'est + adjectif it is

• c'est impossible it's impossible

• c'était formidable it was wonderful

• c'est vrai that's true

• ça c'est vrai ! that's true!

• un hôtel pas cher, c'est difficile à trouver it's not easy to find a cheap hotel

• voler, c'est quelque chose que je ne ferai jamais stealing is something I'll never do

   f. (locutions)

► c'est... qui

• c'est le vent qui a emporté la toiture it was the wind that blew the roof off

• c'est eux or ce sont eux qui mentaient they are the ones who were lying

• c'est toi qui le dis ! that's what you say!

• c'est moi qu'on attendait it was me they were waiting for► c'est... que

• c'est une bonne voiture que vous avez là that's a good car you've got there

• c'est ici que je l'ai trouvé this is where I found it

• c'était elle que je voulais rencontrer she was the one I wanted to meet

• ne partez pas, c'est à vous que je veux parler don't go, it's you I want to talk to► c'est que (pour expliquer)

quand il écrit, c'est qu'il a besoin d'argent when he writes, it's because he needs money

• c'est que je le connais bien ! I know him so well!

• c'est qu'elle n'a pas d'argent it's because she has no money ; (exclamatif) but she has no money!► ce n'est pas que

• ce n'est pas qu'il soit beau ! it's not that he's good-looking!► est-ce que ?

• est-ce que c'est vrai ? is it true?

• est-ce que vous saviez ? did you know?

• est-ce que tu m'entends ? can you hear me?

• est-ce que c'est toi qui l'as battu ? was it you who beat him?

• quand est-ce que ce sera réparé ? when will it be fixed?

• où est-ce que tu l'as mis ? where have you put it?► n'est-ce pas ? → n'est-ce pas

► ne serait-ce if only

• ne serait-ce que pour quelques jours if only for a few days

• ne serait-ce que pour nous ennuyer if only to annoy us

5. <

   a. ( = créature) being

• être humain human being

• être vivant living being

   b. ( = individu) person

• les êtres qui nous sont chers our loved ones

• un être cher a loved one

• c'était un être merveilleux he was a wonderful person

* * *

I ɛtʀ
verbe intransitif (+ v avoir)

1)

il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué — even the Antarctic is polluted

il en est de Pierre comme de Paul — it is the same with Pierre as with Paul

voilà ce qu'il en est — ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is

il n'en est rien — this isn't at all the case

il en sera toujours ainsi — it will always be so

il en a été de même — it was the same

qu'en est-il de...? — what's the news on...?

2)

je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant — I'll be with you right away/in a minute

je suis à vous — I'm all yours

être à ce qu'on fait — to have one's mind on what one is doing

elle est toujours à se plaindre — she's always complaining

3)

il n'est plus — euph he's no longer with us

ce temps n'est plus — these days are gone

fût-il duc/en cristal — even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal

n'était leur grand âge — were it not for their advanced age

ne serait-ce qu'en faisant — if only by doing

ne fût-ce qu'un instant — if only for a moment

fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires — if only on humanitarian grounds

••

on ne peut pas être et avoir été — Proverbe you can't stay young forever

••

être I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold

Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire

Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc

être = verbe auxiliaire

de la voix passive

être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais

au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year

au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned

du passé dans les temps composés

être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge

Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant

Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well

être = aller

Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant

Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)

c'est

interrogation

est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?

Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?

est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné

Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?

affirmation

c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?

Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends

De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc

Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...

En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers

c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables

c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose

La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text

c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?

ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher

être = verbe impersonnel

il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining

On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois

il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée

il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

Emplois avec en

en être

Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood

être en

Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate

emplois avec y

j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour

être + prépositions

La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de

être à

Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’

Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante

Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'

Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

être de

Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc

La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction

Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part

Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

II ɛtʀ
nom masculin

1) ( organisme vivant) being

être humain — human being

les êtres animés et inanimés — animate and inanimate things

les êtres et les choses — living things and objects

un être sans défense — a defenceless [BrE] creature

2) ( personne) person

un être d'exception — an exceptional person

un être cher or aimé — a loved one

un être sensible — a sensitive soul

3) ( nature intime) being

de tout son être — with one's whole being

blessé au plus profond de son être — hurt to the core

4) Philosophie

l'être — being

••

être I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold

Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire

Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc

être = verbe auxiliaire

de la voix passive

être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais

au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year

au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned

du passé dans les temps composés

être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge

Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant

Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well

être = aller

Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant

Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)

c'est

interrogation

est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?

Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?

est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné

Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?

affirmation

c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?

Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends

De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc

Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...

En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers

c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables

c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose

La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text

c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?

ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher

être = verbe impersonnel

il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining

On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois

il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée

il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

Emplois avec en

en être

Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood

être en

Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate

emplois avec y

j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour

être + prépositions

La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de

être à

Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’

Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante

Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'

Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

être de

Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc

La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction

Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part

Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

* * *
ɛtʀ
1. nm

being

être humain — human being

2. vb (avec attribut)

1) (état, description) to be

Il est instituteur. — He's a teacher.

Vous êtes grand. — You're tall.

Vous êtes fatigué. — You're tired.

Je suis heureux. — I'm happy.

C'est moi! — It's me!

2) (appartenance)

être à qn — to be sb's, to belong to sb

Ce livre est à Paul. — This book is Paul's., This book belongs to Paul.

C'est à moi. — It's mine.

C'est à eux. — It's theirs.

C'est à lui de le faire. — It's up to him to do it.

3) (origine)

être de — to be from

Il est de Paris. — He is from Paris.

Il est des nôtres. — He is one of us.

4) (obligation, but)

être à (+ infinitif) C'est à réparer. — It needs repairing.

C'est à essayer. — You should try it.

Il est à espérer que... — It is to be hoped that...

3. vi

1) (= se trouver) to be

Je ne serai pas ici demain. — I won't be here tomorrow.

2) (date)

Nous sommes le 10 janvier. — It's the 10th of January., Today is the 10th of January.

3) (= faire partie) to be

être de ceux qui... — to be one of those who...

Il voulait en être. — He wanted to be part of it.

4) (= exister) to be

être ou ne pas être... — to be or not to be...

5) (autres locutions)

en être à qch (= avoir atteint) — to have got to sth, to have got as far as sth, (= être réduit à) to be reduced to sth

Nous en étions au dessert. — We had got to the dessert., We had got as far as dessert.

Il en est à faire des ménages pour vivre. — He's been reduced to doing cleaning jobs to earn a living.

en être pour ses frais — to get nothing for one's trouble

4. vb aux

1) (dans verbes composés) to have

être arrivé — to have arrived

être allé — to have gone

Il est parti. — He has left., He has gone.

Il n'est pas encore arrivé. — He hasn't arrived yet.

2) (forme passive) to be

être fait par — to be made by

Il a été promu. — He has been promoted.

5. vb impers

1) (avec attribut)

il est... — it is...

Il est impossible de le faire. — It's impossible to do it.

2) (pour dire l'heure)

Il est 10 heures. — It's 10 o'clock.

See:

est-ce que,

n'est-ce pas,

c'est-à-dire,

ce

* * *

I.

être ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: être vi

1 il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué even the Antarctic is polluted; il en est de Pierre comme de Paul it is the same with Pierre as with Paul; voilà ce qu'il en est ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is; il n'en est rien this isn't at all the case; il en sera toujours ainsi it will always be so; il en a été de même it was the same; qu'en est-il de…? what's the news on…?;

2 je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant I'll be with you right away/in a minute; je suis à vous I'm all yours; être à ce qu'on fait to have one's mind on what one is doing; elle est toujours à se plaindre she's always complaining;

3 il n'est plus euph he's no longer with us; ce temps n'est plus those days are gone; ces traditions ne sont plus these traditions are things of the past; fût-il duc/en cristal even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal, even were he a duke/were it made of crystal; n'était leur grand âge were it not for their advanced age, if it were not for their advanced age; ne serait-ce qu'en faisant if only by doing; ne fût-ce que pour la soulager/qu'un instant if only to relieve her/for a moment; fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires if only on humanitarian grounds.

Idiome

on ne peut pas être et avoir été Prov you can't stay young forever.

II.

être nm

1 ( organisme vivant) being; être humain/vivant/surnaturel human/living/supernatural being; les êtres animés et inanimés animate and inanimate things; les êtres et les choses living things and objects; un être sans défense a defenceless^GB creature; ces plantes sont des êtres inférieurs these plants are inferior life-forms;

2 ( personne) person; un être d'exception an exceptional person; un être faible et timoré a weak and timorous person; les êtres qui doutent people who doubt; l'amitié entre deux êtres friendship between two people; un être cher or aimé a loved one; ce sont des êtres simples they're simple beings ou souls; son mari est un être sensible her husband is a sensitive soul;

3 ( nature intime) being; de tout son être [détester, souhaiter] with one's whole being; au fond de son être, elle savait que in the core of her being, she knew that; blessé au plus profond de son être hurt to the core; les êtres contradictoires qui vous habitent the conflicting selves within you;

4 Philos l'être being.

I

[ɛtr] nom masculin

1. BIOLOGIE & PHILOSOPHIE being

l'être PHILOSOPHIE being

être humain human being

être de raison rational being

être vivant living thing

2. RELIGION

l'être éternel ou infini ou suprême the Supreme Being

3. [personne] person

un être cher a loved one

4. [cœur, âme] being, heart, soul

je le crois de tout mon être I believe it with all my heart

II

[ɛtr] verbe intransitif

A.[EXPRIME L'EXISTENCE, LA RÉALITÉ]

1. [exister] to be, to exist

ne nie pas ce qui est don't deny the facts

si Dieu est if God exists

si cela est if (it is) so

mon fils n'est plus (littéraire) my son is no more (littéraire) ou has died ou passed away

la nounou la plus patiente qui soit the most patient nanny that ever was ou in the world

le plus petit ordinateur qui soit the tiniest computer ever

être ou ne pas être to be or not to be

on ne peut pas être et avoir été you only live once

2. MATHÉMATIQUES

soit une droite AB let AB be a straight line

B.[RELIE L'ATTRIBUT, LE COMPLÉMENT AU SUJET]

1. [suivi d'un attribut] to be

elle est professeur she's a teacher

je ne te le prêterai pas! — comment ou comme tu es! (familier) I won't lend it to you! — you see what you're like!

je suis comme je suis I am what I am

Bruno/ce rôle est tout pour moi Bruno/this part means everything to me

elle n'est plus rien pour lui she no longer matters to him

elle n'est plus ce qu'elle était she's not what she used to be

qui était-ce? who was it?

2. [suivi d'une préposition]

être à [se trouver à]: être à l'hôpital to be in hospital

je suis à la gare I'm at the station

cela fait longtemps que je ne suis plus à Paris I left Paris a long time ago

j'y suis, j'y reste here I am and here I stay

je n'y suis pour personne

a. [à la maison] I'm not at home for anyone

b. [au bureau] I won't see anybody

je suis à vous dans un instant I'll be with you in a moment

je suis à vous [je vous écoute] I'm all yours

la Sardaigne est au sud de la Corse Sardinia is (situated) south of Corsica

tout le monde est à la page 15/au chapitre 9? is everybody at page 15/chapter 9?

vous êtes (bien) au 01.40.06.24.08 this is 01 40 06 24 08

nous ne sommes qu'au début du tournoi the tournament has just started

être à [appartenir à]: ce livre est à moi the book's mine

être à [être occupé à]: il est tout à son travail he's busy with his work

être à [être en train de]: il est toujours à me questionner he's always asking me questions

être de [provenir de] to be from, to come from

être de [dater de]: l'église est du XVI^e the church is from ou dates back to the 16th century

la lettre est du 12 the letter's dated the 12th

les œufs sont d'hier the eggs were laid yesterday

être de [appartenir à] to belong to, to be a member of

Bruno est de sa famille Bruno is a member of her family ou is a relative of hers

être de [participer à]: je suis de mariage le mois prochain I've got (to go to) a wedding next month

qui est de corvée de vaisselle? who's on washing-up duty?

être de [se joindre à]: acceptez-vous d'être (un) des nôtres? would you care to join us?

être en [lieu]: être en prison/en France to be in prison/in France

être en [matériau]: la table est en chêne the table is made of oak

être en [pour exprimer l'état]: être en bonne santé to be in good health

les dossiers qui sont en attente the pending files

être sans: vous n'êtes pas sans savoir que... I'm sure you're aware that...

en être à: le projet n'en est qu'au début the project has only just started

où en es-tu avec Michel? how is it going with Michel?

j'en suis au moment où il découvre le trésor I've got to the part ou the bit where he discovers the treasure

où en étais-je? [après une interruption dans une conversation] where was I ?

où en sont les travaux? how's the work coming along?

en être à faire quelque chose: j'en suis à me demander si... I'm beginning to wonder if...

tu en es encore à lui chercher des excuses! — oh non, je n'en suis plus là! you're still trying to find excuses for him! — oh no, I'm past that!

ne plus savoir où l'on en est: je ne sais plus du tout où j'en suis dans tous ces calculs I don't know where I am any more with all these calculations

j'ai besoin de faire le point, je ne sais plus où j'en suis I've got to take stock, I've completely lost track of everything

y être [être prêt]: tout le monde y est? is everyone ready?

y être [comprendre]: tu te souviens bien de Marie, une petite brune! — ah, oui, j'y suis maintenant! but you must remember Marie, a brunette! — oh yes, I'm with you now!

je n'y suis pas du tout! I'm lost!

mais non, vous n'y êtes pas du tout! you don't understand!

en être (familier) , être de ceux-là (familier) [être homosexuel] to be one of them

3. [dans l'expression du temps] to be

nous sommes le 8/jeudi today is the 8th/Thursday

quel jour sommes-nous? what day is it today?

on était en avril it was April

C.[SUBSTITUT DE ALLER, PARTIR] to go

tu y as déjà été? have you already been there?

elle s'en fut lui porter la lettre (littéraire) she went to take him the letter

————————

[ɛtr] verbe impersonnel

1. [exister]

il est [il y a] (suivi d'un singulier) there is

(suivi d'un pluriel) there are

il était une fois un prince... once (upon a time) there was a prince...

s'il en est: un escroc s'il en est a crook if ever there was one

2. [pour exprimer l'heure]

il est 5 h it's 5 o'clock

quelle heure est-il? what time is it?

3. (soutenu & locution)

il en est ainsi de toutes les démocraties that's how it is in all democracies

on a dit que vous vouliez démissionner — il n'en est rien it was rumoured you wanted to resign — that's not true

il n'est que de: il n'est que de lire les journaux pour s'en rendre compte you only have to read the newspapers to be aware of it

————————

[ɛtr] verbe auxiliaire

1. [sert à former les temps composés]

je suis/j'étais descendu I came/had come down

serais-tu resté? would you have stayed?

2. [sert à former le passif]

des arbres ont été déterrés par la tempête trees were uprooted during the storm

3. [sert à exprimer une obligation]

ce dossier est à préparer pour lundi the file must be ready for Monday

cela est à prouver we have no proof of that yet

cela étant locution adverbiale

[dans ces circonstances] things being what they are

[cela dit] having said that

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > être

14 der

I best. Art.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) the; der eine ist fleißig, der andere faul (the) one is hard-working, the other one is lazy; der Tod death; der Mensch (alle Menschen) man(kind), humankind; der große Goethe the famous Goethe; der arme Peter poor Peter; der Peter, den ich kenne the Peter (who oder that) I know; der Hyde Park Hyde Park

2. (Gen Sg. von die) of the; die Mauern der Stadt auch the city walls

3. (Dat Sg. von die) to the; den Schlüssel habe ich der Nachbarin gegeben I gave the key to the neighbo(u)r

4. (Gen Pl. von der, die, das) of the; die Ankunft der Kinder auch the children’s arrival

II Dem. Pron.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) that (one), this (one); (er) he, it; der Mann hier this man; der mit dem Bart the one with the beard; nur der kann das verstehen, der... only he ( oder that man) who... can understand it; der und baden gehen? you won’t catch him going swimming; der und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! him? honest? Pull the other one! ( oder Give me a break!)

2. (Dat Sg. von die) zu der und der Zeit umg. at such and such a time

III Rel. Pron.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that; der Bezirk, der einen Teil von X bildet the district forming part of X; der erste Stein, der geworfen wurde the first stone that was thrown; er war der Erste, der es erfuhr he was the first to know; jeder, der... anyone who...; ich, der ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (Dat Sg. von die) bei Personen: who(m), who... to, to whom förm.; bei Sachen: that, which; die Freundin, der ich meine Sorgen erzählte the friend (whom) I told about my problems ( oder to whom I told my problems)

* * *

which one (Pron.); that (Pron.); which (Pron.); who (Pron.); the ( Artikel)

* * *
I [deːɐ]
1. def art

1) gen sing, pl von die of the

das Miauen dér Katze — the miaowing of the cat, the cat's miaowing

2) dat sing von die to the; (mit Präposition) the

2. dem pron dat sing von die

1) (adjektivisch) to that; (mit Präpositionen) that

2) (substantivisch) to her; her

3. rel pron dat sing
to whom, that or who(m)... to; (mit Präposition) who(m); (von Sachen) to which, which... to; which II [deːɐ] pl die
1. def art gen des, der, des, pl der dat dem, der, dem, pl den acc den, die, das, pl die
the
dér/die Arme! — the poor man/woman or girl

die Toten — the dead pl

die Engländer — the English pl

dér Engländer (dated inf: = die Engländer) — the Englishman

dér Faust — Faust

dér Hans (inf) — Hans

dér kleine Hans — little Hans

dér Rhein — the Rhine

dér Michigansee — Lake Michigan

die Domstraße — Cathedral Street

die "Bismarck" — the "Bismarck"

dér Lehrer/die Frau (im Allgemeinen) — teachers pl/women pl

dér Tod/die Liebe/das Leben — death/love/life

dér Tod des Sokrates — the death of Socrates

das Viktorianische England — Victorian England

in dem England, das ich kannte — in the England (that or which) I knew

er liebt den Jazz/die Oper/das Kino — he likes jazz/(the) opera/the cinema

das Singen macht ihm Freude — singing gives him pleasure

das Singen meines Opas — my grandpa's singing

mir fiel das Atmen schwer — I found breathing difficult

das Herstellen von Waffen ist... — manufacturing weapons is..., the manufacturing of weapons is...

die Callas — Callas

dér spätere Wittgenstein — the later Wittgenstein

er war nicht mehr dér Hans, dér... — he was no longer the Hans who...

er hat sich den Fuß verletzt — he has hurt his foot

mal das Gesicht! — wash your faces

er nimmt den Hut ab — he takes his hat off

ein Euro das Stück — one euro apiece or each

20 Euro die Stunde — 20 euros an or per hour

dér und dér Wissenschaftler — such and such a scientist

2. dem pron gen dessen or (old) des, deren, dessen,
pl deren dat dem, der, dem, pl denen acc den, die, das, pl die
1) (attr) (= jener, dieser) that; (pl) those, them (inf)

zu dér und dér Zeit — at such and such a time

an dem und dem Ort — at such and such a place

2) (substantivisch) he/she/it; (pl) those, them (inf)

dér/die war es — it was him/her

dér/die mit dér großen Nase — the one or him/her (inf) with the big nose

mit den roten Haaren — those or them (inf) with red hair

deine Schwester, die war nicht da (inf) — your sister, she wasn't there

dér und schwimmen? — him, swimming?, swimming, (what) him?

dér/die hier (von Menschen) — he/she, this man/woman etc; (von Gegenständen) this (one); (von mehreren) this one

dér/die da (von Menschen) — he/she, that man/woman etc; (von Gegenständen) that (one); (von mehreren) that one

die hier/da pl — they, these/those men/women etc, these/those, them (inf)

dér, den ich meine — the one I mean

dér und dér/die und die — so-and-so

das und das — such and such

3. rel pron decl as dem pron
(Mensch) who, that; (Gegenstand, Tier) which, that
4. rel + dem pron decl as dem pron

dér/die dafür verantwortlich war,... — the man/woman who was responsible for it

die so etwas tun,... — those or people who do that sort of thing...

* * *

der¹

[de:ɐ̯]

I. art def, nom sing m

1. (allgemein) the

\der Hund/Mann/Tisch the dog/man/table

\der Mai [the month of] May

\der Angeber! that show-off!

2. (bei Körperteilen)

mir tut \der Hals weh my throat hurts

3. (bei Abstrakta)

\der Hunger/Irrsinn/Tod hunger/madness/death

\der Tod des Ikaros the death of Icarus

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\der Stahl wird auch mit anderen Elementen legiert steel is also alloyed with other elements; (bei spezifischen Stoffen) the

\der Sauerstoff in der Luft the oxygen in the air

5. (einmalig)

\der Mann des Tages the man of the moment

das ist \der Augenblick, auf den wir gewartet haben that's [just] the moment we've been waiting for

6. (bei Eigennamen)

\der Irak/Iran Iraq/Iran

\der Sudan The Sudan

\der Kongo vor der Kolonialzeit pre-colonial Congo

\der kleine Peter little Peter

\der spätere Dickens the later Dickens

er war nicht mehr \der Uli, der... he was no longer the Uli who...

7. (fam: vor Personennamen)

das ist \der Klaus that's Klaus

\der Papa sagt,... [my] dad says...

8. (verallgemeinernd)

\der Mensch heute man today

\der Franzose isst gern gut the French like to eat well

9. (nach Angaben)

5 Euro \der Liter €5 a [or per] litre

10. (vor Angaben)

\der 14. August 2003 14[th] August 2003, August 14[th], 2003; (gesprochen) the fourteenth of August 2003

Heinrich \der Achte Henry the Eighth

11. (vor Substantiviertem)

\der Kleine the little boy/one

\der Älteste the oldest [one]

II. pron dem, nom sing m

1. attr, betont

\der Mann war es! it was that man!

\der Hut gefällt mir am besten I like that/this hat [or that/this hat I like] the most

\der Stift da that pen [there]

\der Stift hier this pen [here]

\der und \der Experte such and such an expert

2. (hinweisend)

\der war es! it was him!

\der hat es getan! it was him that [or who] did it!

\der sagte mir,... he told me...

welcher Stift? \der da? oder \der hier? which pen? that one [there]? or this one [here]?

wer ist denn \der? (fam) who on earth is he [or that]?

\der und joggen? him, jogging?

\der und \der such and such

3. (unterscheidend)

\der mit der Brille the one [or fam him] with the glasses

welcher Ball? — \der mit den Punkten which ball? — the/this/that one with the spots

ach \der! (pej) oh him!

4. (wiederholend)

der Chef? \der ist nicht da the boss? he's not there

dein Vater, \der ist nicht gekommen your father, he didn't come

mein Schuh! \der ist weg! my shoe! it's gone!

der Scheißkerl, \der! the bastard!

der Grund ist \der, dass... the reason is that [or because]...

\der, den ich meinte the one I meant

5. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

wo ist dein Bruder? — \der ist oben where's your brother? — he's upstairs

das ist ein neuer Drucker! warum druckt \der nicht? that's a new printer! why isn't it working?

beißt \der? does it/he/she bite?

III. pron rel, nom sing m

1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which

ich hörte/sah einen Wagen, \der um die Ecke fuhr I heard/saw a car driving around the corner

ein Film, \der gut ankommt a much-acclaimed film

ein Roman, \der von Millionen gelesen wurde a novel [that has been] read by millions

der König, \der vierzig Jahre herrschte,... (einschränkend) the king who [or that] reigned for forty years...; (nicht einschränkend) the king, who reigned for forty years,...

der Mantel, \der zum Trocknen aufgehängt war,... (einschränkend) the coat that [or which] was hung up to dry...; (nicht einschränkend) the coat, which was hung up to dry,...

der Mörder, \der von der Polizei gesucht wird,... (einschränkend) the murderer [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the murderer for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the murderer, who the police are searching for,..., the murderer, for whom the police are searching,... form

der Fall, \der von den Ermittlern untersucht werden soll,... (einschränkend) the case [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the case into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the case, which the investigators have to look into,..., the case, into which the investigators have to look,... form

2. (derjenige)

\der mir jetzt hilft, wird belohnt anyone helping [or form he who helps] me now will be rewarded

\der diesen Brief geschrieben hat, kann gut Deutsch the person/man who wrote this letter knows good German

\der zu so etwas fähig ist,... people who are capable of such things...; s.a. das, die

der²

[ˈde:ɐ̯]

art def, gen sing f

1. (allgemein)

der Hund \der alten Frau the old woman's dog

die Hitze \der Sonne the heat of the sun, the sun's heat

das Schnurren \der fetten Katze the fat cat's purring, the purring of the fat cat

die Lösung \der Formel hier the solution to this formula, this formula's solution

der Einspruch \der Frau da that woman's objection, the objection from that woman

2. (bei Körperteilen)

die Farbe \der Zunge deutete auf seine Krankheit the colour of his tongue indicated his illness

3. (bei Abstrakta)

ein Opfer \der Liebe a victim of love

ein Zeichen \der Hoffnung a sign of hope

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

das Kämmen \der Wolle the combing of wool

5. (bei Eigennamen)

die Berge \der Schweiz the mountains of Switzerland

die Puppe \der kleinen Sabine little Sabine's doll

6. (fam: vor Personennamen)

ich ruf an wegen \der Anna I'm calling to talk to you about Anna

7. (bei Berühmtheiten)

die Arien \der Callas Callas' arias

8. (form: vor Namen)

ein Antrag \der Ute Kley a petition from Ute Kley

9. (verallgemeinernd)

die Rolle \der Frau in Management women's role [or the role of women] in management

die Trinkfestigkeit \der Engländerin the ability of the Englishwoman to hold her drink

10. (geh: nach Angaben)

10 Meter \der kostbarsten Seide 10 metres of the most precious silk

11. (vor Substantiviertem)

das Spielzeug \der Kleinen the little one's [or girl's] toys

die Weisheit \der Ältesten the wisdom of the eldest [woman]; s.a. das, die

der³

I. art def, dat sing f

1. siehe auch vb (allgemein)

sie redeten mit/von \der Nachbarin they were talking with/about the neighbour

ich klopfte an \der Tür I knocked at the door

das Bild hängt an \der Wand the picture is hanging on the wall

sie folgte \der Frau/Menge she followed the woman/crowd

er gab \der Großmutter den Brief he gave his grandmother the letter, he gave the letter to his grandmother

es gehört \der Frau da it belongs to that woman

es entspricht \der Textstelle hier it corresponds to this passage in the text

2. (bei Körperteilen)

er schlug den Tisch mit \der Faust he thumped the table with his fist

3. (bei Abstrakta)

er widmete \der Liebe ein Gedicht he dedicated a poem to love

mit \der Hoffnung eines Verzweifelten with the hope of a desperate man

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\der Bronze wird auch Phosphor beigemischt phosphorus is also added to bronze; (bei spezifischen Stoffen)

mit \der Wolle dieses Schafs with the wool from this sheep, with this sheep's wool

5. (bei Eigennamen)

wir segelten mit \der ‚Nordwind‘ we sailed on the [yacht] ‘Nordwind’

in \der Schweiz [der Zwischenkriegsjahre] in [interwar] Switzerland

\der kleinen Jenny geht's nicht gut little Jenny isn't feeling well

6. (fam: vor Personennamen)

sie ist bei \der Kati she's at Kati's place

7. (bei Berühmtheiten)

er hat \der Callas mal die Hand geküsst he once kissed Callas' hand

8. (verallgemeinernd)

von \der Frau in der Industrie of women in industry

als das Pferd \der Maschine wich when the horse gave way to the engine

9. (nach Angaben)

mit 20 Flaschen \der Kiste with 20 bottles a [or per] crate

10. (vor Substantiviertem)

gib \der Kleinen einen Kuss give the little one a kiss

wir gingen zu \der Ältesten we went to the elder

II. pron dem, dat sing f

1. attr, betont

\der Pflanze muss man Dünger geben that plant must be given fertilizer

\der Frau hast du es erzählt? you told it to that woman?

zu \der und \der Zeit at such and such a time

2. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

glaub \der bloß nicht! don't believe her [of all people]!

III. pron rel, dat sing f, siehe auch vb

meine Kollegin, \der die Aufgabe zugeteilt wurde,... (einschränkend) my colleague who [or that] was assigned the task...; (nicht einschränkend) my colleague, who was assigned the task,...

die Lösung, \der der Alkohol entzogen war,... (einschränkend) the solution that [or which] had its alcohol extracted...; (nicht einschränkend) the solution, which had its alcohol extracted,...

die Abgeordnete, \der ich oft schrieb,... (einschränkend) the MP [who [or that]] I often wrote to..., the MP to whom I often wrote... form; (nicht einschränkend) the MP, who I often wrote to,..., the MP, to whom I often wrote,... form

die Grippe, unter \der sie leiden,... (einschränkend) the flu [that [or which]] they're suffering from..., the flu from which they're suffering... form; (nicht einschränkend) the flu, which they're suffering from,..., the flu, from which they're suffering,... form; s.a. das, die

der⁴

art def, gen pl

1. siehe auch n (allgemein)

die Anstrengungen \der Schüler the pupils' efforts, the efforts of the pupils

die Zeichnungen \der beiden Schwestern the two sisters' drawings, the drawings by the two sisters

das Gezwitscher \der Vögel the twittering of the birds

das Gewicht \der Platten the weight of the slabs

die Wohnung \der Eltern my/his/her etc. parents' flat

die Lösungen \der Formeln hier the solutions to these formulae

der Einspruch \der Frauen da those women's objection, the objection from those women

2. (bei Körperteilen)

die Farbe \der Haare gefiel ihr nicht she didn't like the colour of her hair

3. (bei Eigennamen)

die Sprachen \der Niederlande the languages of [or spoken in] the Netherlands

das Haus \der Müllers the Millers' house

4. (form: vor Namen)

ein Antrag \der Heinz und Ute Kley a petition from Heinz and Ute Kley

5. (verallgemeinernd)

die Rolle \der Pflanzen in der Medizin the role of plants in medicine

6. (geh: nach Angaben)

10 Kisten \der feinsten Äpfel 10 crates of the finest apples

7. (vor Substantiviertem)

das Spielzeug \der Kleinen the little ones' toys

die Weisheit \der Ältesten the wisdom of the elders; s.a. das, die

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

der Kleine — the little boy

der Tod — death

der April/Winter — April/winter

der ‘Faust’ — ‘Faust’

der Dieter — (ugs.) Dieter

der Kapitalismus/Islam — capitalism/Islam

der Bodensee/Mount Everest — Lake Constance/Mount Everest

der 1ran — 1ran
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr. that

der Mann war es — it was 'that man

2) allein stehend he

der war es — it was 'him

der und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] him work! (coll.)

der [da] — (Mann) that man; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

der [hier] — (Mann) this man; (Gegenstand, Tier) this one
3.
Relativpronomen (Mensch) who/that; (Sache) which/that

der Mann, der da drüben entlanggeht — the man walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 1.

der Hut der Frau — the woman's hat

der Henkel der Tasse — the handle of the cup

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 1.: to the; (nach Präp.) the

in der Türkei — in Turkey

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.

das Haus der Freunde — our/their etc. friends' house

das Bellen der Hunde — the barking of the dogs
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 2. 1): of the; of that

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 2. attr

der Frau [da/hier] gehört es — it belongs to that woman there/this woman here; allein stehend

gib es der da! — (ugs.) give it to 'her

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 2. 1), die I 2. 1), das 2. 1): of those
3.
Relativpronomen; Dat. Sg. v. die I 3. (Person) whom

die Frau, der ich es gegeben habe — the woman to whom 1 gave it; the woman 1 gave it to; (Sache) that/which

die Katze, der er einen Tritt gab — the cat [that] he kicked

* * *

der

A. best art

1. m; (nom sg) the;

der eine ist fleißig, der andere faul (the) one is hard-working, the other one is lazy;

der Tod death;

der Mensch (alle Menschen) man(kind), humankind;

der große Goethe the famous Goethe;

der arme Peter poor Peter;

der Peter, den ich kenne the Peter (who oder that) I know;

der Hyde Park Hyde Park

2. (gen sg von die) of the;

die Mauern der Stadt auch the city walls

3. (dat sg von die) to the;

den Schlüssel habe ich der Nachbarin gegeben I gave the key to the neighbo(u)r

4. (gen pl von der, die, das) of the;

die Ankunft der Kinder auch the children’s arrival

B. dem pr

1. m; (nom sg) that (one), this (one); (er) he, it;

der Mann hier this man;

der mit dem Bart the one with the beard;

nur der kann das verstehen, der … only he ( oder that man) who … can understand it;

der und baden gehen? you won’t catch him going swimming;

der und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! him? honest? Pull the other one! ( oder Give me a break!)

2. (dat sg von die)

zu der und der Zeit umg at such and such a time

C. rel pr

1. m; (nom sg) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that;

der Bezirk, der einen Teil von X bildet the district forming part of X;

der erste Stein, der geworfen wurde the first stone that was thrown;

er war der Erste, der es erfuhr he was the first to know;

jeder, der … anyone who …;

ich, der ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (dat sg von die) bei Personen: who(m), who … to, to whom form; bei Sachen: that, which;

die Freundin, der ich meine Sorgen erzählte the friend (whom) I told about my problems ( oder to whom I told my problems)

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

der Kleine — the little boy

der Tod — death

der April/Winter — April/winter

der ‘Faust’ — ‘Faust’

der Dieter — (ugs.) Dieter

der Kapitalismus/Islam — capitalism/Islam

der Bodensee/Mount Everest — Lake Constance/Mount Everest

der 1ran — 1ran
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr. that

der Mann war es — it was 'that man

2) allein stehend he

der war es — it was 'him

der und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] him work! (coll.)

der [da] — (Mann) that man; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

der [hier] — (Mann) this man; (Gegenstand, Tier) this one
3.
Relativpronomen (Mensch) who/that; (Sache) which/that

der Mann, der da drüben entlanggeht — the man walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 1.

der Hut der Frau — the woman's hat

der Henkel der Tasse — the handle of the cup

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 1.: to the; (nach Präp.) the

in der Türkei — in Turkey

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.

das Haus der Freunde — our/their etc. friends' house

das Bellen der Hunde — the barking of the dogs
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 2. 1): of the; of that

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 2. attr

der Frau [da/hier] gehört es — it belongs to that woman there/this woman here; allein stehend

gib es der da! — (ugs.) give it to 'her

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 2. 1), die I 2. 1), das 2. 1): of those
3.
Relativpronomen; Dat. Sg. v. die I 3. (Person) whom

die Frau, der ich es gegeben habe — the woman to whom 1 gave it; the woman 1 gave it to; (Sache) that/which

die Katze, der er einen Tritt gab — the cat [that] he kicked

* * *

(neueste) Stand der Technik m.

the state of the art n. art.m.

the art. pron.

which pron.

who pron.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > der

15 die

I best. Art.

1. (Nom. Sg.) the; die eine ist fleißig, die andere faul the one is hard-working, the other (one) is lazy; die Frau (alle Frauen) woman(kind); die Erde earth; die Königin Elisabeth Queen Elizabeth; die Königstraße the King’s Road; die Chemie chemistry; die kleine Maria little Maria; die Maria, die ich meine the Maria (who) I mean

2. (Akk Sg.) the; die Regel kennen know the rule

3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) the; die Menschen sind sterblich man(kind) is (but) mortal

4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) the; die Bücher lesen read the books

II Dem. Pron.

1. (Nom. Sg.) that (one), this (one); she; die Frau hier this woman; die mit dem Hut the one with the hat; nur die kann das verstehen, die... only she ( oder that woman) who... can understand; die und baden gehen? you won’t catch her going swimming; die und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! her - honest? Pull the other one! (Am. Give me a break!); die Frage ist die:... the question is (this):...

2. (Akk Sg.) that (one), this (one); er hat die und die Lösung probiert umg. he tried this and that solution

3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) these, those, they, them; das entscheiden die da oben umg. that is decided by them up top

4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) these, those, they, them

III Rel. Pron.

1. (Nom. Sg.) bei Personen: who; bei Sachen: which, that; sie war die Erste, die es erfuhr she was the first to know; jede, die... anyone who...; ich, die ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (Akk Sg.) bei Personen: who(m förm.), that; bei Sachen: which, that

3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that; die Blumen, die blühen the flowers that are blooming ( oder in bloom)

4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that, whom förm.; bei Sachen: which, that; die Blumen, die ich gepflückt habe the flowers (that) I picked

* * *

the (ArtikelSing.); the (ArtikelPl.)

* * *
[diː] [diː] See: → der
* * *

die¹

[di:]

I. art def, nom und akk sing f

1. (allgemein) the

\die Mutter/Pflanze/Theorie the mother/plant/theory

durch \die Luft/Menge/Tür through the air/crowd/door

2. (bei Körperteilen)

ihr blutet \die Nase her nose is bleeding

sich dat \die Hand verletzen to injure one's hand

3. (bei Abstrakta)

\die Demokratie/Geschichte/Kunst democracy/history/art

\die Hoffnung/Liebe/Verzweiflung hope/love/desperation

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\die Bronze/Wolle bronze/wool; (bei spezifischen Stoffen) the

\die Wolle dieses Schafs the wool from this sheep

5. (einmalig)

\die Frau des Jahres the woman of the year

das ist \die Idee! that's just the idea we've been looking for!

6. (bei Eigennamen)

\die Donau the Danube

\die Franzstraße Franzstraße

\die Schweiz/Türkei Switzerland/Turkey

\die Schweiz der Zwischenkriegszeit interwar Switzerland

\die ‚Alinghi‘ gewann 2003 den America's Cup the ‘Alinghi’ won the 2003 America's Cup

\die junge Bettina young Bettina

\die frühere Blyton the earlier Blyton

sie war nicht mehr \die Martina, die... she was no longer the Martina who...

7. (fam: vor Personennamen)

ich bin \die Susi I'm Susi

hast du \die Mutti gesehen? have you seen [my] mum?

8. (bei Berühmtheiten)

\die Callas/Knef/Piaf Callas/Knef/Piaf

9. (verallgemeinernd)

\die Frau in der Gesellschaft women in society

als \die Dampfmaschine Europa eroberte when the steam engine took Europe by storm

10. (nach Angaben)

20 Kilogramm \die Kiste 20 kilograms a [or per] crate

11. (vor Angaben)

Elisabeth \die Erste Elizabeth the First

12. (vor Substantiviertem)

\die Hübsche the pretty girl/one

\die Älteste/Jüngste the oldest/youngest [one]

\die Arme! the poor girl/woman [or thing]!

II. pron dem, nom und akk sing f

1. attr, betont

\die Frau war es! it was that woman!

\die Halskette will ich kaufen I want to buy this/that necklace

\die Marke da that brand [there]

\die Marke hier this brand [here]

um \die und \die Zeit at such and such a time; s.a. das, der

2. (hinweisend)

\die war es! it was her!

\die hat es getan! it was her that [or who] did it!

\die sagte mir,... she told me...

welche Tür? \die da? oder \die hier? which door? that one [there]? or this one [here]?

wer ist denn \die [da]? (fam) who on earth is she [or that]?

\die und joggen? her, jogging?

\die und \die such and such

3. (unterscheidend)

\die mit dem Hund the one [or fam her] with the dog

welche Pfanne? — \die mit dem Deckel which pan? — the/this/that one with the lid

ach \die! (pej) oh her!

4. (wiederholend)

die Chefin? \die ist nicht da the boss? she's not there

deine Tochter, \die ist nicht gekommen your daughter, she didn't come

meine Brosche! \die ist weg! my brooch! it's gone!

die dumme Gans, \die! the silly goose!

die Geschichte ist \die:... the story is as follows:...

\die, die ich meinte the one I meant

5. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

wo ist deine Schwester? — \die kommt gleich where's your sister? — she'll be here soon

eine gute Frage! aber wie können wir \die beantworten? a good question! but how can we answer it?

willst du meine Katze streichen? — kratzt \die? do you want to stroke my cat? — does it/he/she scratch?

III. pron rel, nom und akk sing f

1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which

eine Geschichte, \die Millionen gelesen haben [o von Millionen gelesen wurde] a story [that has been] read by millions [or [that] millions have read]

ich sah eine Wolke, \die hinter dem Berg verschwand I saw a cloud disappear behind the mountain

eine Show, \die gut ankommt a much-acclaimed show

die Königin, \die vierzig Jahre herrschte,... (einschränkend) the queen who [or that] reigned for forty years...; (nicht einschränkend) the queen, who reigned for forty years,...

die Liste, \die ich gestern erstellt hatte,... (einschränkend) the list that [or which] I had drawn up yesterday...; (nicht einschränkend) the list, which I had drawn up yesterday,...

die Mörderin, \die von der Polizei gesucht wird,... (einschränkend) the murderess [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the murderess for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the murderess, who the police are searching for,..., the murderess, for whom the police are searching,... form

die verbrecherische Tat, \die von den Ermittlern untersucht werden soll,... (einschränkend) the crime [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the crime into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the crime, which the investigators have to look into,..., the crime, into which the investigators have to look,... form

2. (diejenige)

\die mir jetzt hilft, wird belohnt anyone helping [or form she who helps] me now will be rewarded

\die diesen Brief geschrieben hat, kann gut Deutsch the person/woman who wrote this letter knows good German

\die zu so etwas fähig ist,... people who are capable of such things...

die²

I. art def, nom und akk pl

1. (allgemein) the

\die Männer/Mütter/Pferde the men/mothers/horses

durch \die Flüsse/Türen/Wälder through the rivers/doors/woods

\die Engländer/Franzosen/Spanier the English/French/Spanish pl

2. (bei Körperteilen)

mir tun \die Füße weh my feet are aching

sich dat \die Haare schneiden to cut one's hair

3. (bei Eigennamen)

\die Everglades/Niederlande the Everglades/Netherlands

4. (fam: vor Personennamen)

das sind \die Werners these/those are the Werners

kennen Sie \die Grübers? do you know the Grübers?

5. (verallgemeinernd)

\die Bäume geben Sauerstoff ab trees give off oxygen

6. (vor Substantiviertem)

\die Auserwählten the chosen ones

\die Besten the best [ones]

\die Toten the dead pl

II. pron dem, nom und akk pl

1. attr, betont

\die zwei Männer waren es! it was those two men!

\die Schuhe trage ich nie mehr! I won't be wearing these/those shoes [or these/those shoes I won't be wearing] any more!

\die Ohrringe da those earrings [there]

\die Ohrringe hier these earrings [here]

2. (hinweisend)

\die waren es! it was them!

\die haben es getan! it was them that [or who] did it!

\die sagten mir,... they told me...

\die da oben the high-ups fam

welche Bücher? \die da? oder \die hier? which books? those [ones] [there]? or these [ones] [here]?

wer sind denn \die [da]? (fam) who on earth are they?

\die und joggen? them, jogging?

\die und \die such and such

3. (unterscheidend)

\die in dem Auto the ones [or fam them] in the car

welche Zettel? — \die auf dem Tisch which notes? — the ones/these [ones]/those [ones] on the table

ach \die! (pej) oh them!

4. (wiederholend)

die Schmidts? \die sind nicht da the Schmidts? they're not there

deine Eltern, wo sind \die? your parents, where are they?

meine Socken! \die sind weg! my socks! they're gone!

die Scheißkerle, \die! the bastards!

die Gründe sind \die:... the reasons are as follows:...

\die, die ich meinte the ones I meant

5. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

was machen deine Brüder? — \die arbeiten what do your brothers do? — they work

gute Fragen! aber wie können wir \die beantworten? good questions! but how can we answer them?

habe ich dir meine Hamster gezeigt? — wo sind \die? have I shown you my hamsters? — where are they?

III. pron rel, nom und akk pl

1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which

Geschichten, \die Millionen gelesen haben [o von Millionen gelesen wurden] stories [that have been] read by millions [or [that] millions have read]

ich sah zwei Autos, \die um die Ecke fuhren I saw two cars driving around the corner

Taten, \die gut ankommen much-acclaimed deeds

die Abgeordneten, \die dagegenstimmten,... (einschränkend) the MPs who [or that] voted against...; (nicht einschränkend) the MPs, who voted against,...

die Möbel, \die wir morgen liefern müssen,... (einschränkend) the furniture that [or which] we have to deliver tomorrow...; (nicht einschränkend) the furniture, which we have to deliver tomorrow,...

die Bankräuber, \die von der Polizei gesucht werden,... (einschränkend) the bank robbers [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the bank robbers for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the bank robbers, who the police are searching for,..., the bank robbers, for whom the police are searching,... form

die Verbrechen, \die von den Ermittlern untersucht werden sollen,... (einschränkend) the crimes [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the crimes into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the crimes, which the investigators have to look into,..., the crimes, into which the investigators have to look,... form

2. (diejenigen)

\die diese Stadt gebaut haben, verdienen einen Platz in der Geschichte the people/men/women [or form those] who built this town deserve a place in history; s.a. das, der

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

die Kleine — the little girl

die Liebe/Freundschaft — love/friendship

die ‘Iphigenie’/ (ugs.) Helga — ‘Iphigenia’/Helga

die Demokratie — democracy

die Marktstraße — Market Street

die Schweiz — Switzerland

die Frau/Menschheit — women pl./mankind

die ‘Concorde’/‘Klaus Störtebeker’ — ‘Concorde’/the ‘Klaus Störtebeker’

die Kunst/Oper — art/opera
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr

die Frau war es — it was 'that woman

2) allein stehend she

die war es — it was 'her

die und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] her work!

die mit dem Hund — (ugs.) her with the dog

die [da] — (Frau, Mädchen) that woman/girl; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

die blöd[e] Kuh, die! — (fig. salopp) what a silly cow! (sl. derog.)
3.
Relativpronomen Nom. (Mensch) who; that; (Sache, Tier) which; that

die Frau, die da drüben entlanggeht — the woman walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who

die das getan hat — the woman etc. who did it
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 1: the

hast du die Ute gesehen? — (ugs.) have you seen Ute?

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: the
2.
Demonstrativpronomen Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: attr

ich meine die Männer, die gestern hier waren — 1 mean those men who were here yesterday; allein stehend

ich meine die [da] — 1 mean 'them
3.
Relativpronomen

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 3.: (bei Menschen) who; that; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which; that

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 3., die I 3., das 3.: (bei Menschen) whom

die Männer, die ich gesehen habe — the men 1 saw; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which

die Bücher, die da liegen — the books lying there

* * *

die

A. best art

1. (nom sg) the;

die eine ist fleißig, die andere faul the one is hard-working, the other (one) is lazy;

die Frau (alle Frauen) woman(kind);

die Erde earth;

die Königin Elisabeth Queen Elizabeth;

die Königstraße the King’s Road;

die Chemie chemistry;

die kleine Maria little Maria;

die Maria, die ich meine the Maria (who) I mean

2. (akk sg) the;

die Regel kennen know the rule

3. (nom pl von der, die, das) the;

die Menschen sind sterblich man(kind) is (but) mortal

4. (akk pl von der, die, das) the;

die Bücher lesen read the books

B. dem pr

1. (nom sg) that (one), this (one); she;

die Frau hier this woman;

die mit dem Hut the one with the hat;

nur die kann das verstehen, die … only she ( oder that woman) who … can understand;

die und baden gehen? you won’t catch her going swimming;

die und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! her - honest? Pull the other one! (US Give me a break!);

die Frage ist die: … the question is (this): …

2. (akk sg) that (one), this (one);

er hat die und die Lösung probiert umg he tried this and that solution

3. (nom pl von der, die, das) these, those, they, them;

das entscheiden die da oben umg that is decided by them up top

4. (akk pl von der, die, das) these, those, they, them

C. rel pr

1. (nom sg) bei Personen: who; bei Sachen: which, that;

sie war die Erste, die es erfuhr she was the first to know;

jede, die … anyone who …;

ich, die ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (akk sg) bei Personen: who(m form), that; bei Sachen: which, that

3. (nom pl von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that;

die Blumen, die blühen the flowers that are blooming ( oder in bloom)

4. (akk pl von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that, whom form; bei Sachen: which, that;

die Blumen, die ich gepflückt habe the flowers (that) I picked

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

die Kleine — the little girl

die Liebe/Freundschaft — love/friendship

die ‘Iphigenie’/ (ugs.) Helga — ‘Iphigenia’/Helga

die Demokratie — democracy

die Marktstraße — Market Street

die Schweiz — Switzerland

die Frau/Menschheit — women pl./mankind

die ‘Concorde’/‘Klaus Störtebeker’ — ‘Concorde’/the ‘Klaus Störtebeker’

die Kunst/Oper — art/opera
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr

die Frau war es — it was 'that woman

2) allein stehend she

die war es — it was 'her

die und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] her work!

die mit dem Hund — (ugs.) her with the dog

die [da] — (Frau, Mädchen) that woman/girl; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

die blöde Kuh, die! — (fig. salopp) what a silly cow! (sl. derog.)
3.
Relativpronomen Nom. (Mensch) who; that; (Sache, Tier) which; that

die Frau, die da drüben entlanggeht — the woman walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who

die das getan hat — the woman etc. who did it
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 1: the

hast du die Ute gesehen? — (ugs.) have you seen Ute?

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: the
2.
Demonstrativpronomen Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: attr

ich meine die Männer, die gestern hier waren — 1 mean those men who were here yesterday; allein stehend

ich meine die [da] — 1 mean 'them
3.
Relativpronomen

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 3.: (bei Menschen) who; that; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which; that

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 3., die I 3., das 3.: (bei Menschen) whom

die Männer, die ich gesehen habe — the men 1 saw; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which

die Bücher, die da liegen — the books lying there

* * *

art.f.

the art. pron.

which pron.

who pron.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > die

16 che

1. adj what

a che cosa serve? what is that for?

che brutta giornata! what a filthy day!

2. pron persona: soggetto who

persona: oggetto who, that, formal whom

cosa that, which

che? what?

ciò che what

non c'e di che don't mention it, you're welcome

3. conj dopo il comparativo than

sono tre anni che non la vedo I haven't seen her for three years

* * *

che¹ agg.interr. ( quale) what ( riferito a numero indeterminato di cose o persone); which ( riferito a numero limitato di cose o persone): che libri leggi?, what (kind of) books do you read?; che libro preferisci tra questi?, which book do you like best?; che musica ti piace?, what music do you like?; che tipo è?, what kind of a person is he?; che vestito mi metto stasera?, what shall I wear tonight? // che ora è?, what time is it (o what's the time)?

◆ pron.interr. ( che cosa) what: che è questo?, what's this?; che fai?, what are you doing?; che guardi?, what are you looking at?; che hai?, what's the matter with you?; che importa?, why bother about it?; non so che dire, I don't know what to say; che altro ( c'è)?, what else (is there)? // che succede?, what's going on? // che è che non è, all of a sudden // a che ( pro)?, what for (o to what purpose)?

che¹ agg.escl.

1 ( quale, quali) what; (con s. che in inglese ammettono il pl.) what a: che bella giornata!, what a lovely day!; che bella notizia mi hai dato!, what good news you've given me!; che simpatico quel vostro amico!, what a nice person that friend of yours is!; che mascalzone!, what a rascal!; che musica meravigliosa!, what wonderful music!; che seccatura!, what a nuisance!; che pazienza ci è voluta per convincerla!, what a lot of patience it took to persuade her!; che idee!, what ideas!; che ingenui siamo stati!, what fools we were!; che vergogna!, what a disgrace!

2 ( come) how: che strano!, how strange!; che bello!, how lovely!

◆ pron.escl. ( che cosa) what: che dici!, what are you saying!; guarda che mi doveva capitare!, just look what's happened to me!; che mi tocca sentire!, what's this I hear?; ''Ti sei divertito?'' ''Altro che!'', ''Did you have a good time?'' ''And how!''

◆ inter. (fam.) what!: ''Che! Stai scherzando?'', ''What! Are you kidding?''.

che¹ pron.indef. ( qualcosa) something: le sue parole avevano un che, un non so che di profetico, there was something prophetic about his words // non (un) gran che, ( non molto) not much, not up to much: non ho combinato (un) gran che, I didn't get much done; la commedia non era (un) gran che, the play wasn't up to much.

che¹ pron.rel.invar.

1 (con funzione di sogg.) who, that ( riferito a persone); which, that ( riferito ad animali e cose): il signore che è entrato ora è il nuovo direttore, the man who (o that) has just come in is the new director; il ragazzo che studiava con me ha cambiato scuola, the boy who (o that) studied with me has changed school; l'ultimo che entra chiuda la porta, per favore, will the last one who comes in (o the last one to come in) please shut the door; gli atleti che sono iscritti alla prossima gara si presentino subito alla linea di partenza, the athletes (who are) entered for the next race should report to the starting line at once; non trovo nessuno che sia in grado di risolvere questo problema, I can't find anyone (who is) capable of solving this problem; c'è qualcuno che sa come funziona questa macchina fotografica?, is there anybody that (o who) knows how this camera works?; il cavallo che ha vinto la corsa era il favorito, the horse that (o which) won the race was the favourite; dammi il libro che sta sulla scrivania, give me the book that's on the desk; i volumi che trattano di anatomia sono nell'ultimo scaffale a destra, the books that deal (o the books dealing) with anatomy are on the top shelf, right-hand side; Dante Alighieri, che nacque a Firenze nel 1265, è il massimo poeta italiano, Dante Alighieri, who was born in Florence in 1265, is Italy's greatest poet; la Torre di Londra, che fu costruita da Guglielmo il Conquistatore, è un castello normanno, the Tower of London, which was built by William the Conqueror, is a Norman castle // colui che, coloro che, → colui, coloro // ciò che, what // tutto ciò che, all that

2 (con funzione di compl. ogg.; gener. è omesso in inglese) who, (form.) whom, that ( riferito a persone); which, that ( riferito ad animali e cose): sei proprio la persona che volevo vedere, you're the very person (that o who) I wanted to see; avete mangiato tutta la frutta che ho comprato?, have you eaten all the fruit (that) I bought?; eccoti i libri che mi avevi prestato, here are the books (that) you lent me; tutti gli animali che abbiamo citato sono in via di estinzione, all the animals (that) we have mentioned are endangered species; i solisti che abbiamo sentito ieri sera sono famosi in tutto il mondo, the soloists (that) we heard last night are world famous; l'argomento che stiamo per affrontare è della massima importanza, the subject (that) we're about to deal with is of the utmost importance; l'illustre ospite, che abbiamo l'onore di presentarvi, è nientemeno che il Presidente, our distinguished guest, who (m) we are honoured to present to you, is none other than the President; il duomo di Milano, che visiteremo domani, è un capolavoro di architettura gotica, Milan cathedral, which we shall visit tomorrow, is a masterpiece of Gothic architecture ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, nei significati 1 e 2, quando il pron. che introduce una frase incidentale, viene tradotto con who (m) o which, e non può essere omesso

3 (in correl. con stesso, medesimo) as, that: ha dato la stessa risposta che ho dato io, he gave the same answer (as o that) I did; è accaduta la stessa cosa che era accaduta ieri, the same thing happened as (o that) had happened yesterday; incontrerete le stesse difficoltà che abbiamo incontrato noi, you'll meet the same difficulties (as o that) we did

4 (fam.) ( col valore di in cui, con cui, per cui): il giorno che arrivò era il 1^o di agosto, the day he arrived was 1st August; ricordi l'estate che ci siamo incontrati?, can you remember the summer we met?; l'ultima volta che lo vidi era molto depresso, the last time I saw him he was very depressed; con quello stipendio ha di che vivere agiatamente, he can live comfortably on that salary; non ha proprio di che lamentarsi, he has nothing at all to complain about // non c'è che dire, you only have to say // non c'è di che, ( forma di cortesia) don't mention it // paese che vai usanze che trovi, (prov.) when in Rome (do as the Romans do)

5 il che, ( la qual cosa) which: beve come una spugna, il che gli fa male alla salute, he drinks like a fish, which is bad for his health; ha superato la prova, del che ci siamo tutti rallegrati, he passed the test, which delighted us all; cominciò ad alzare la voce, al che gli ordinai di uscire dalla stanza, he started raising his voice, at which I ordered him out of the room; non si sono fatti più vivi, dal che deduco che si sono trasferiti altrove, they haven't shown up any more, from which I presume that they've moved elsewhere // dopo di che, after which, and then; afterwards

◆ agg. ( quale) that: da trenta che erano, solo dieci sono arrivati alla fine del corso, out of the original thirty, only ten completed the course; da quel colosso che era, è diventato pelle e ossa, from the giant he was, he has become all skin and bones.

che² cong.dichiarativa

1 (dopo verbi che esprimono opinione; in inglese è spesso omessa) that: dicono che la luna sia abitata, they say (that) the moon is inhabited; so che tu cercherai di comprendermi, I know you'll try to understand; sono certo che arriveremo in tempo, I'm sure (that) we'll get there on time

2 (dopo verbi di volontà non si traduce e richiede la costruzione oggettiva: compl. ogg. + inf. del verbo): voglio che ( lui) venga immediatamente, I want him to come at once; vuoi che ti accompagni?, do you want me to go with you?; volevano che (io) restassi a cena, they wanted me to stay to dinner; vorrei che mi dicessi come la pensi, I'd like you to tell me what you think // avrei tanto voluto che ci fossi anche tu, I wish you'd been there

◆ cong.consecutiva ( spesso in correlazione con così, tanto, tale; in inglese può essere omessa) that: ero così stanco che mi addormentai, I was so tired (that) I fell asleep; c'era una tale nebbia che non si distinguevano le case di fronte, it was so foggy (that) you couldn't see (the houses) across the street

◆ cong.compar. than: ha più denaro che cervello, he has more money than sense; è più furbo che intelligente, he's more crafty than intelligent; nell'albergo c'erano più stranieri che italiani, there were more foreigners than Italians in the hotel

◆ cong. causale ( in inglese non si traduce): copriti che fa freddo, wrap up warm, it's cold outside

◆ cong. finale ( in inglese è spesso omessa) that: bada che non si faccia male, mind he doesn't get hurt; fate in modo che non si accorga di niente, make sure (that) he doesn't notice anything

◆ cong.temporale ( quando) when; ( da quando) since, for; ( dopo che) after: arrivai che era già partito, he'd already left when I got there; è da Natale che non abbiamo sue notizie, we haven't heard from him since Christmas; sono due anni che non si vedono, they haven't seen each other for two years // ogni volta che, whenever // una volta che, once: una volta che hai imparato la tecnica, l'uso del computer non è difficile, once you've learnt the technique, it isn't hard to use the computer

◆ cong.eccettuativa only, but: non ho che pochi euro, I've only got a few euros; non hai che dirmelo, you only have to tell me; non ho potuto far altro che accettare, I could do nothing but accept; non fa che dire sciocchezze, he talks nothing but nonsense; non potevo fare altrimenti che così, there was nothing else (that) I could do.

* * *
[ke]
1. pron

1) (relativo: persona: soggetto) who, (oggetto) whom, that, (cosa, animale) which, that (spesso omesso)

l'uomo che sta parlando — the man who is speaking

la ragazza che hai visto — the girl whom you saw

i bambini che vedi nel cortile — the children whom o that you see in the yard

il giorno che... — the day (that)...

la sera che ti ho visto — the evening I saw you

il libro che è sul tavolo — the book which o that is on the table

2) (la qual cosa) which

dovrei ottenere il massimo dei voti, il che è improbabile — I would have to get top marks, which is unlikely

3)

(indefinito) quell'uomo ha un che di losco — there's something suspicious about that man

un certo non so che — an indefinable something

quel film non era un gran che — that film was nothing special

quella ragazza ha un non so che di affascinante — there's something fascinating about that girl

4) (interrogativo) what

che (cosa) fai? — what are you doing?

di che (cosa) hai bisogno? — what do you need?

non so che dire — I don't know what to say

ma che dite! — what are you saying!

2. agg

1) (interrogativo) what, (di numero limitato) which

che giorno è oggi? — what day is it today?

che vestito ti vuoi mettere? — what (o which) dress do you want to put on?

di che attore stai parlando? — which actor are you talking about?

2) escl what

che bel vestito! — what a lovely dress!

che buono! — how delicious!

guarda in che stato sei ridotto! — look at the mess you're in!

3. cong

1) (con proposizioni subordinate) that (talvolta omesso)

ero così felice che corsi a dirlo a tutti — I was so happy (that) I ran off to tell everyone

nasconditi qui che non ti veda nessuno — hide here, so nobody can see you

so che tu c'eri — I know (that) you were there

voglio che tu venga — I want you to come

2)

(temporale) mi sono svegliato che era ancora buio — it was still dark when I woke up

sono anni che non lo vedo — I haven't seen him for o in years, it's years since I saw him

era appena uscita di casa che suonò il telefono — she had no sooner gone out than o she had hardly gone out when the telephone rang

arrivai che eri già partito — you had already left when I arrived

3)

(in frasi imperative, in concessive) che venga pure! — let him come by all means!

che sia benedetto! — may God bless him!

4)

non che sia stupido — not that he's stupid

non è che non mi interessi la commedia, è che sono stanco e vorrei andare a letto — it's not that the play doesn't interest me, it's just that I'm tired and I'd like to go to bed

che tu venga o no, noi partiamo lo stesso — we're leaving whether you come or not

5) (comparativo: con più, meno) than

è più furbo che intelligente — he's more cunning than intelligent

See:

non,

più,

meno,

così

* * *
I 1. [ke]
pronome relativo

1) (soggetto) (persona) who, that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which

il cane, che mi aveva riconosciuto, si avvicinò — the dog, which had recognized me, came up

e tu che pensavi di risparmiare! — you were the one who thought (you were going) to save money!

comparve un uomo che portava un cappello — a man appeared, wearing a hat

è lui che me lo ha detto — it was him who told me

lo sentii che parlava con Marco — I heard him speaking to Marco

2) (oggetto) (persona) who, whom form., that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which

è la donna più bella che (io) abbia mai visto — she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen

non mi piace la macchina che hai comprato — I don't like the car (that) you've bought

stupido che sei! — you silly thing! you fool!

3) (complemento indiretto)

non ha neanche di che mangiare — he doesn't even have enough for food

non c'è di che! — (formula di cortesia) you're welcome! don't mention it! (con valore temporale)

l'estate che ci siamo conosciuti — the summer when o in which we met

4) (con avverbi di luogo, di tempo)

fu allora che — it was then that

è qui che si rilasciano i passaporti? — is it here that they issue passports?

5) il che (cosa che) which
2.
aggettivo interrogativo

1) (quale) what; (entro un gruppo ristretto) which

di che colore è? — what colour is it?

che medaglie ha vinto? — which medals did he win?

2) che cosa what

che cosa fai? — what are you doing?

che cosa c'è? — what's up?

che cosa? non ho sentito — what? I didn't hear

a che cosa stai pensando? — what are you thinking of o about?
3.
pronome interrogativo what

che fai? — what are you doing?

che dire? — what shall I say?

che fare? — what is to be done?

che c'è di nuovo — what's new?
4.
aggettivo esclamativo

che strano, bello! — how odd, lovely!

che uomo! — what a man!

che coraggio! — what courage!
5.
pronome esclamativo

ma che mi tocca sentire! — what I have to listen to!

che! vai già via? — what? are you off already?
6.
pronome indefinito

aveva un che di strano — there was something weird about him

non ha fatto un gran che — he didn't do a great deal
II [ke]
congiunzione

1) (dichiarativa) that

penso che dovrebbe cambiare mestiere — I think (that) he should do another job

so che è vero — I know it's true

è probabile che venga — he is likely to come; (dopo verbi di volontà o comando)

papà vuole che andiamo con lui — dad wants us to go with him

vorrei che fossi qui — I wish you were here

2) (consecutiva)

in modo che capisca — so that he can understand

la musica era così forte che... — the music was so loud that

3) (causale)

vestiti, che usciamo — get dressed, (because) we're going out

4) (concessiva)

non che non fosse contento, ma — he wasn't unhappy, but

5) (finale)

sta' attento che non cada — mind that it doesn't fall

6) (temporale)

sono dieci anni che ci frequentiamo — we've known each other for ten years

ogni volta che vieni — every time you come; (finché)

aspetto che parta — I'm waiting for him to leave

7) (imperativa, ottativa)

che non se ne parli più — let's hear no more about this

che Dio abbia misericordia di noi! — (may) God have mercy on us!

8) (limitativa)

non hanno il diritto, che io sappia, di intervenire — they have no right, as far as I know, to intervene

9) (correlativa)

che venga o no — whether he comes or not

sia che..., sia che... — either...or...

sia io che mio marito siamo vegetariani — both myself and my husband are vegetarians

10) (interrogativa)

che mi sia ingannato? — maybe I got it wrong

11) (nelle comparative)

è più diligente che dotato — he's more diligent than gifted

studio più che posso — I study as much as I can

* * *

che¹

/ke/

I pronome relativo

1 (soggetto) (persona) who, that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which; il cane, che mi aveva riconosciuto, si avvicinò the dog, which had recognized me, came up; e tu che pensavi di risparmiare! you were the one who thought (you were going) to save money! comparve un uomo che portava un cappello a man appeared, wearing a hat; è lui che me lo ha detto it was him who told me; lo sentii che parlava con Marco I heard him speaking to Marco

2 (oggetto) (persona) who, whom form., that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which; è la donna più bella che (io) abbia mai visto she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen; non mi piace la macchina che hai comprato I don't like the car (that) you've bought; stupido che sei! you silly thing! you fool!

3 (complemento indiretto) non ha neanche di che mangiare he doesn't even have enough for food; non c'è di che! (formula di cortesia) you're welcome! don't mention it! (con valore temporale) l'estate che ci siamo conosciuti the summer when o in which we met

4 (con avverbi di luogo, di tempo) fu allora che it was then that; è qui che si rilasciano i passaporti? is it here that they issue passports?

5 il che (cosa che) which

II aggettivo interrogativo

1 (quale) what; (entro un gruppo ristretto) which; di che colore è? what colour is it? che medaglie ha vinto? which medals did he win?

2 che cosa what; che cosa fai? what are you doing? che cosa c'è? what's up? che cosa? non ho sentito what? I didn't hear; a che cosa stai pensando? what are you thinking of o about?

III pronome interrogativo

what; che fai? what are you doing? che dire? what shall I say? che fare? what is to be done? che c'è di nuovo what's new?

IV aggettivo esclamativo

che strano, bello! how odd, lovely! che uomo! what a man! che coraggio! what courage!

V pronome esclamativo

ma che mi tocca sentire! what I have to listen to! che! vai già via? what? are you off already?

VI pronome indefinito

aveva un che di strano there was something weird about him; non ha fatto un gran che he didn't do a great deal.

\

See also notes... (che.pdf)

————————

che²

/ke/

congiunzione

1 (dichiarativa) that; penso che dovrebbe cambiare mestiere I think (that) he should do another job; so che è vero I know it's true; è probabile che venga he is likely to come; (dopo verbi di volontà o comando) papà vuole che andiamo con lui dad wants us to go with him; vorrei che fossi qui I wish you were here

2 (consecutiva) in modo che capisca so that he can understand; la musica era così forte che... the music was so loud that...

3 (causale) vestiti, che usciamo get dressed, (because) we're going out

4 (concessiva) non che non fosse contento, ma he wasn't unhappy, but

5 (finale) sta' attento che non cada mind that it doesn't fall

6 (temporale) sono dieci anni che ci frequentiamo we've known each other for ten years; ogni volta che vieni every time you come; (finché) aspetto che parta I'm waiting for him to leave

7 (imperativa, ottativa) che non se ne parli più let's hear no more about this; che Dio abbia misericordia di noi! (may) God have mercy on us!

8 (limitativa) non hanno il diritto, che io sappia, di intervenire they have no right, as far as I know, to intervene

9 (correlativa) che venga o no whether he comes or not; sia che..., sia che... either...or...; sia io che mio marito siamo vegetariani both myself and my husband are vegetarians

10 (interrogativa) che mi sia ingannato? maybe I got it wrong

11 (nelle comparative) è più diligente che dotato he's more diligent than gifted; studio più che posso I study as much as I can.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > che

17 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

18 εἰμί

εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans³-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.² 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.

① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).

② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.

ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.

ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.

ⓒ in explanations:

α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.

β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.

③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be

ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.

ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.

ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.

ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).

④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.

⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.

⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.

⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).

⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.

⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.

⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.

⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.² 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).

ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.

ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).

α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).

β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.

γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).

ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).

ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.

ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

19 quedar

v.

1 to be left, to remain.

¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?

nos quedan 100 pesos we have 100 pesos left

¿cuánto queda para León? how much farther is it to León?

quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race

quedar por hacer to remain to be done

queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned

Algo queda Something is left, something remains.

Queda un solo carro There is only one car.

Eso queda lejos This is far away.

2 to remain, to stay.

el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage

¡esto no puede o no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!

3 to look.

te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short

quedar bien/mal a alguien to look good/bad on somebody

quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with something

4 to be (informal) (estar situado).

queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts

¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

5 to keep on, to keep.

Ella quedó trabajando She kept on working.

6 to fit.

Esta camisa me queda (bien) This shirts fits (well).

Queda bien It fits well.

7 to be left with, to have left, to have.

Me quedó un dolar solamente I was left with one dollar only.

8 to get, to become.

Ella quedó alegre She got happy, she became happy.

El caso quedó muy claro The case became very clear.

9 to leave.

Se me quedó mi sombrero I left my hat.

10 to act, to perform, to come across, to do one's part.

Quedé muy bien en la reunión I acted [did my part] very well at the meeting.

11 to be still pending to.

Queda pintar It is still pending to paint.

12 to be left to be done.

13 to be for.

Me queda muy difícil It is very difficult for me.

14 to make an appointment.

* * *

quedar

► verbo intransitivo

1 (permanecer) to remain, stay

■ quedó quieto he remained still

■ la carta quedó abierta the letter was left open

2 figurado (terminar) to end

■ la discusión quedó aquí the discussion ended here

3 (cita) to arrange to meet

■ quedamos en el aeropuerto a las diez we arranged to meet at the airport at ten o'clock

4 (resultado de algo) to be

■ al morir sus padres quedó solo en la vida when his parents died he was left all alone in the world

■ quedó ciego por culpa del accidente he went blind as a result of the accident

■ te ha quedado muy bien la tarta your cake has turned out really well

5 (favorecer) to look, fit

■ el abrigo me queda grande the coat is too big for me

■ esta falda no me queda bien this skirt doesn't fit me

■ allí quedaría bien un cuadro a picture would look nice there

■ ¿qué tal me queda? does it suit me?, how does it look on me?

6 (estar situado) to be

■ ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

■ eso queda por detrás del cine that's somewhere behind the cinema

7 (restar) to be left, remain

■ quedan tres bombones there are three chocolates left

■ después del incendio sólo quedan las cenizas after the fire only ashes remain

8 (faltar) to be, be still

■ queda mucho que hacer there's a lot to be done

■ quedan cuatro kilómetros para llegar there are still four kilometres to go

9 quedar en (convenir) to agree to

■ quedamos en volver más tarde we agreed to come back later

■ quedamos en que la película no era buena we agreed that it wasn't a good film

10 quedar por + inf not to have been + past participle

■ la cama quedó por hacer the bed had not been made, the bed was left unmade

■ quedan esos platos por lavar there are still those dishes to be washed up

■ queda por ver si llegarán a algún acuerdo it remains to be seen whether they will come to some agreement

11 quedar + gerundio to be, remain

■ cuando me fui el niño quedaba durmiendo when I left the child was sleeping

► verbo pronominal quedarse

1 (permanecer) to remain, stay, be

■ se quedaron una semana they stayed for a week

■ Juan se ha quedado en casa Juan stayed at home

2 (resultado de algo) to be, remain

■ se quedó sin trabajo she lost her job

■ nos quedamos sin dinero we ran out of money

■ quedó entusiasmado he was delighted

3 eufemístico (morirse) to die

4 (mar, viento) to become calm; (viento) to drop

5 quedarse con (retener algo) to keep

■ quédese con el cambio keep the change

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ahí quedó la cosa that's the way it was left

¿en qué quedamos? so what's it to be?

no quedar títere con cabeza familiar to leave nothing intact

'Queda de usted atentamente...' (en cartas) "Yours faithfully..."

quedar a deber algo to owe something

quedar alguien bien/mal to make a good/bad impression

quedar como un señor/una señora familiar to create a very good impression

quedarse atrás figurado to be left behind

quedarse con alguien familiar to make a fool of somebody, have somebody on

quedarse con la boca abierta figurado to be dumbfounded, be stunned

quedarse con las ganas de algo figurado to go without something

quedarse en blanco to go blank

quedarse sin algo to run out of something

quedarse sin blanca familiar to be broke

quedarse tan tranquilo,-a familiar not to bat an eyelid

quedar en nada to come to nothing

* * *

verb

1) to remain

2) fit, suit

3) be left

4) suit

•

- quedar en
- quedarse
* * *
Para expresiones como quedarse tan ancho, quedarse con las ganas, quedársele grabado algn, quedarse helado, quedarse parado, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [indicando lugar] to be

eso queda muy lejos — that's a long way away

queda un poco más al oeste — it is a little further west

queda a 6 km de aquí — it's 6 km from here

queda hacia la derecha — it's over to the right

¿por dónde queda Correos? — where's the post office?

queda por aquí — it's around here somewhere

esa cuestión queda fuera de nuestra responsabilidad — that matter lies outside our responsibility

2) [indicando posición]

quedó el penúltimo — he was second last

• quedar [atrás], no quieren quedar atrás en la carrera espacial — they don't want to be left behind {o} fall behind in the space race

la crisis ha quedado atrás — the crisis is behind us

3) [indicando resultado]

a) [con adjetivos, adverbios, locuciones preposicionales, participios]

el autocar quedó destrozado — the coach was wrecked

te ha quedado muy bonita la cocina — you've made a great job of the kitchen

quedó paralítico tras el accidente — the accident left him paralysed

la cara le ha quedado desfigurada — her face has been disfigured

al final quedamos como amigos — we were still friends afterwards

aún no han quedado definidos los criterios — the criteria still haven't been established

la junta ha quedado constituida — the board has been elected

• quedar [ciego] — to go blind

• quedar [huérfano] — to be orphaned

quedó huérfano de padre a los seis años — he lost his father when he was six years old

• quedar [viuda]/[viudo] — to be widowed, lose one's husband/wife

- ahí quedó la cosa

b)

• quedar [en] algo, ¿en qué quedó la conversación? — how did the conversation end?

todas sus promesas quedaron en nada — all her promises came to nothing

al final todo quedó en un susto — it gave us a scare but it turned out all right in the end

c)

• quedar [sin], miles de personas han quedado sin hogar — thousands of people have been left homeless

el proyecto quedó sin realizar — the project was never carried out

la reconstrucción del puente ha quedado sin hacer por falta de presupuesto — the rebuilding of the bridge has been abandoned because of a shortage of funds

4) [en el trato, al hablar]

ha quedado como un canalla — he has shown himself to be a rotter

• quedar [bien], regalando flores siempre queda uno bien — taking flowers always makes a good impression

solo lo ha hecho por quedar bien — he only did it to make himself look good

quedar bien con algn — to make a good impression on sb

• quedar [mal], nos hiciste quedar mal haciendo esas preguntas — you made us look bad by asking those questions

no quiero quedar mal con ellos — I don't want to get on the wrong side of them

por no quedar mal — so as not to cause any offence

• quedar [por] algo — to be left looking like sth

quedé por idiota — I was left looking like an idiot

aunque fue idea de todos, yo quedé por el culpable — although everyone was to blame, it ended up looking as if it was my fault

• quedar en [ridículo], ha quedado en ridículo — he ended up looking a fool

quería que su marido quedara en ridículo — she wanted to make her husband look a fool, she wanted to show her husband up

5) (=permanecer) to stay

quedaron allí una semana — they stayed there a week

quedo a la espera de sus noticias — [en carta] I look forward to hearing from you

6) (=haber todavía) to be left

no queda ninguno — there are none left

¿queda algo de la cena? — is there any dinner left?

no quedan más que escombros — there is nothing left but rubble

no quedaba nadie en el autobús — there was nobody left on the bus

de la ciudad solo queda el castillo — all that remains {o} is left of the city is the castle

no quedó ni un solo edificio en pie — not a single building was left standing

se me cayó un poco de vino, pero no ha quedado ninguna mancha — I spilt some wine, but it didn't leave a stain

si a 8 le quito 2, quedan 6 — if I take 2 from 8, I'm left with {o} it leaves 6

• quedarle [a algn], ¿le quedan entradas para esta noche? — do you have any tickets left for tonight?

me quedan cinco euros — I've got five euros left

no nos queda mucho dinero — we don't have much money left

• quedar [a deber] algo — to owe sth

no tenía suficiente y tuve que quedarle a deber — I didn't have enough money on me, so I had to owe him

me quedó a deber 25 euros — he was left owing me 25 euros

• quedan pocos días [para] la fiesta — the party is only a few days away

nos quedan 12 km para llegar a Badalona — we've still got 12 km to go to Badalona

• quedar [por] hacer, nos queda por pagar la luz — we still have to pay the electricity bill

queda por limpiar la cocina — the kitchen still needs cleaning

eso queda todavía por estudiar — that remains to be studied

• no me queda más [remedio] — I have no alternative (left)

que no quede —

por mí que no quede, yo he ayudado en lo que he podido — it won't be for want of trying on my part, I helped as much as I could

por probar que no quede — there's no harm in trying

tú por ser amable que no quede — nobody could accuse you of not being nice

7) (Educ) [asignatura]

me han quedado las matemáticas — I failed mathematics

8) [ropa] (=ser la talla) to fit; (=sentar) to suit

¿qué tal (de grande) te queda el vestido? — does the dress fit you?

me queda pequeño — it's too small for me

no te queda bien ese vestido — that dress doesn't suit you

te queda bien — it suits you

no queda bien así/aquí — it doesn't look right like that/here

9)

• quedar [en] (=acordar) —

¿quedamos en eso, entonces? — we'll do that, then, all right?

quedar en {o} LAm de hacer algo — to agree to do sth

quedaron en esperar unos días antes de tomar una decisión definitiva — they agreed to wait a few days before taking a final decision

quedamos en vernos mañana — we arranged to meet tomorrow

• quedar en [que] — to agree that

quedamos en que cada uno traería una botella — we agreed that everyone would bring a bottle

¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo compras o no? — so what's it to be then? are you going to buy it or not?

10) (=citarse) to arrange to meet

hemos quedado en la puerta del cine — we've arranged to meet outside the cinema

habíamos quedado, pero no se presentó — we had arranged to meet, but he didn't turn up

¿quedamos a las cuatro? — shall we meet at four?

¿cómo quedamos? — where shall we meet and what time?

• quedar [con] algn — to arrange to meet sb

¿quedamos con ella en la parada? — shall we meet her at the bus stop?

2.

See:

quedarse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) (en un estado, una situación)

quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

quedar huérfano — to be orphaned

quedó paralítico — he was left paralyzed

quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

el coche quedó como nuevo — the car is as good as new (now)

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco — it looks beautiful painted white

todo quedó solucionado — everything was sorted out

ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

y que esto quede bien claro — and I want to make this quite clear

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

el postre le quedó riquísimo — that dessert (he made) was delicious

2) ( en la opinión de los demás)

para no quedar mal — so as not to lose face

si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

si no voy quedaré mal con ellos — it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe — I did it to get in the boss's good books

quedé muy bien con el regalo — I made a very good impression with my present

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso — you really showed me up saying that

nos hizo quedar mal a todos — he embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedé como una ignorante — I made a fool of myself

3) ( permanecer)

¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz — she was left with a scar

quedó sin solución — it remained unsolved

esto no puede quedar así — we can't leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

4) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) tamaño/talla

me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

b) ( sentar)

el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

Sentido II

5)

a) (acordar, convenir)

quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

b) ( citarse)

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar — I arranged to meet some friends for dinner

Sentido III

6) ( estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

Sentido IV

7) (en 3^a pers)

a) ( haber todavía)

¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

no quedan entradas — there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

no nos queda más remedio que ir — we have no choice but to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas — I've no more strength left

b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)

8) ( faltar)

queda poco para que acabe la clase — it's not long till the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

todavía le quedan dos años — he still has two years to go o do

me queda poco para terminar — I've almost finished

quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
2.
1) quedarse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) ( en un lugar) to stay

quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

te estás quedando calvo — you're going bald

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

quedarse dormido — to fall asleep

¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre — I didn't get any dessert

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

quedarse soltera — to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa — I don't like being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado — don't just stand there!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche — we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) (fam) ( memorizar)

no se me quedan los nombres — I don't retain names

no se me queda nada — I don't retain a thing

b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)

se me quedó el paraguas — I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)

la casa se les está quedando pequeña — the house is getting (to be) too small for them

Sentido II

4)

quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

* * *

= remain.

Ex. Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

----

* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.

* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.

* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.

* mientras queden = while stocks last.

* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.

* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.

* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.

* quedar atrapado = get + caught.

* quedar constatado = go on + record.

* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.

* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.

* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.

* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.

* quedar exempto de = discharge from.

* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.

* quedar igual = remain + the same.

* quedar impactado = be impressed.

* quedar impresionado = be impressed.

* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.

* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.

* quedar libre = become + vacant.

* quedar mal = lose + face.

* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.

* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.

* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).

* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.

* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* quedar registrado = go on + record.

* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.

* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.

* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.

* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse al margen = stand by.

* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse anticuado = date.

* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.

* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.

* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.

* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.

* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.

* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.

* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.

* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.

* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse en = stick at.

* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.

* quedarse encallado = be stranded.

* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.

* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.

* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.

* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.

* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.

* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.

* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.

* quedarse estancado = stagnate.

* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.

* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse huérfano = orphan.

* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.

* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.

* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.

* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.

* quedarse levantado = stay up.

* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.

* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse pasmado = stun.

* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.

* quedarse pequeño = overflow.

* quedarse prendado = smite.

* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.

* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.

* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.

* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.

* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.

* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.

* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tirado = be stranded.

* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.

* quedarse viudo = widow.

* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.

* quedar un poco = be some way off.

* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar vacante = become + vacant.

* quedar vacío = empty.

* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.

* que queda = surviving.

* que queda mal = ill-fitting.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) (en un estado, una situación)

quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

quedar huérfano — to be orphaned

quedó paralítico — he was left paralyzed

quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

el coche quedó como nuevo — the car is as good as new (now)

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco — it looks beautiful painted white

todo quedó solucionado — everything was sorted out

ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

y que esto quede bien claro — and I want to make this quite clear

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

el postre le quedó riquísimo — that dessert (he made) was delicious

2) ( en la opinión de los demás)

para no quedar mal — so as not to lose face

si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

si no voy quedaré mal con ellos — it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe — I did it to get in the boss's good books

quedé muy bien con el regalo — I made a very good impression with my present

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso — you really showed me up saying that

nos hizo quedar mal a todos — he embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedé como una ignorante — I made a fool of myself

3) ( permanecer)

¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz — she was left with a scar

quedó sin solución — it remained unsolved

esto no puede quedar así — we can't leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

4) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) tamaño/talla

me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

b) ( sentar)

el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

Sentido II

5)

a) (acordar, convenir)

quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

b) ( citarse)

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar — I arranged to meet some friends for dinner

Sentido III

6) ( estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

Sentido IV

7) (en 3^a pers)

a) ( haber todavía)

¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

no quedan entradas — there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

no nos queda más remedio que ir — we have no choice but to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas — I've no more strength left

b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)

8) ( faltar)

queda poco para que acabe la clase — it's not long till the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

todavía le quedan dos años — he still has two years to go o do

me queda poco para terminar — I've almost finished

quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
2.
1) quedarse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) ( en un lugar) to stay

quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

te estás quedando calvo — you're going bald

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

quedarse dormido — to fall asleep

¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre — I didn't get any dessert

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

quedarse soltera — to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa — I don't like being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado — don't just stand there!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche — we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) (fam) ( memorizar)

no se me quedan los nombres — I don't retain names

no se me queda nada — I don't retain a thing

b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)

se me quedó el paraguas — I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)

la casa se les está quedando pequeña — the house is getting (to be) too small for them

Sentido II

4)

quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

* * *

= remain.

Ex: Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.

* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.

* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.

* mientras queden = while stocks last.

* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.

* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.

* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.

* quedar atrapado = get + caught.

* quedar constatado = go on + record.

* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.

* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.

* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.

* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.

* quedar exempto de = discharge from.

* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.

* quedar igual = remain + the same.

* quedar impactado = be impressed.

* quedar impresionado = be impressed.

* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.

* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.

* quedar libre = become + vacant.

* quedar mal = lose + face.

* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.

* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.

* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).

* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.

* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* quedar registrado = go on + record.

* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.

* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.

* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.

* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse al margen = stand by.

* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse anticuado = date.

* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.

* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.

* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.

* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.

* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.

* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.

* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.

* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.

* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse en = stick at.

* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.

* quedarse encallado = be stranded.

* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.

* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.

* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.

* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.

* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.

* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.

* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.

* quedarse estancado = stagnate.

* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.

* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse huérfano = orphan.

* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.

* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.

* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.

* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.

* quedarse levantado = stay up.

* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.

* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse pasmado = stun.

* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.

* quedarse pequeño = overflow.

* quedarse prendado = smite.

* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.

* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.

* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.

* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.

* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.

* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.

* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tirado = be stranded.

* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.

* quedarse viudo = widow.

* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.

* quedar un poco = be some way off.

* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar vacante = become + vacant.

* quedar vacío = empty.

* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.

* que queda = surviving.

* que queda mal = ill-fitting.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* * *

quedar [A1 ]

vi

Sentido I

A

(en un estado, una situación): quedó viuda muy joven she was widowed o she lost her husband when she was very young

quedó huérfano a los siete años he was orphaned when he was seven years old

tuvo un ataque y quedó paralítico he had a stroke and was left paralyzed

cientos de familias quedaron sin hogar/en la miseria hundreds of families were left homeless/destitute

las calles quedaron desiertas the streets were left deserted

el sombrero quedó hecho un acordeón the hat was o got squashed flat

el coche ha quedado como nuevo the car is as good as new (now)

algunas fotos quedaron mal some of the photos came out badly

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco it looks beautiful painted white

ha quedado acordado que … it has been agreed that …

y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear

¿cómo quedó la cosa? ¿quién tenía razón? what happened in the end? who was right?

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? who was o who came first/last?

(+ me/te/le etc): no me había quedado claro y se lo pregunté otra vez I hadn't quite understood o I hadn't got things quite clear, so I asked him again

el postre te quedó riquísimo that dessert (you made) was delicious

¿quién la queda? (Ur) (en juegos) who's `it'? ( colloq)

B

(en la opinión de los demás): si no vamos, quedamos mal it'll look bad if we don't go

quedarás muy bien con ese regalo it's a lovely present, they'll be delighted

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that

se emborrachó y nos hizo quedar mal a todos he got drunk and embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo (por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; (por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedar mal/bien con algn: si no voy quedaré mal con ellos they won't think much of me o it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

no se puede quedar bien con todo el mundo you can't please everybody

los invitó a todos para no quedar mal con nadie he invited them all so as not to offend anyone o to cause any offense*

C

(permanecer): quedaron en casa they stayed at home

¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar

lo lavé pero le quedó la mancha I washed it but the stain didn't come out

esto no puede quedar así we can't leave/I'm not going to leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su notificación ( frml); we await your notification ( frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes ( frml) ( Corresp) Sincerely yours ( AmE), Yours faithfully o ( frml) I remain, yours faithfully ( BrE)

le quedo a deber 5 euros I owe you 5 euros

quedar EN algo:

todo ha quedado en un mero proyecto none of it has got beyond the planning stage

todos nuestros planes quedaron en nada all our plans came to nothing

quedar atrás: pronto quedó atrás he soon fell behind

hemos tenido nuestras diferencias pero todo eso ha quedado atrás we've had our differences but all that's behind us now o that's all water under the bridge now

D (+ me/te/le etc)

1

«tamaño/talla»: me queda grande/largo/apretado it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien or (Col, Méx) le queda the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

2

(sentar): el azul te queda muy bien blue really suits you, you look really good in blue

ese peinado le quedaba muy bien that hairstyle really suited her, her hair looked really good like that

ese vestido te queda estupendo that dress looks fantastic on you, you look great in that dress

Sentido II

A (acordar, convenir) quedar EN algo:

quedamos en eso, vienes tú a mi casa let's do that, then, you come to my house, so that's agreed, you're coming to my house

¿al final en qué quedaron? what did you decide/arrange/agree in the end?

¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo quieres o no? well o so, do you want it or not?

¿entonces en qué quedamos? ¿nos vemos mañana o no? so, what's happening, then? are we meeting tomorrow or not?

quedar EN + INFor ( AmL) quedar DE + INF:

quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything

quedó en venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine, she arranged to come at nine

quedar EN QUE:

quedamos en que iría él a recogerlo we agreed o arranged that he would go and pick it up

B

(citarse): me tengo que ir porque he quedado con Rafael I have to go because I've arranged to meet Rafael

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner, I arranged to go out for dinner with some friends

Sentido III (estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación it's right opposite the station

(+ me/te/le etc): puedo ir yo, me queda muy cerca I can go, it's very near where I live ( o work etc)

Sentido IV ( en tercera persona)

A

1

(haber todavía): no queda café there's no coffee left

no quedan entradas there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain

(+ me/te/le etc): es el único pariente que me queda he is the only relative I have left, he is my only living relative

¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?

¿te ha quedado alguna duda? is there anything you still don't understand?

me han quedado dos asignaturas (pendientes) I have to make up two subjects o take two subjects over ( AmE), I have to retake two subjects ( BrE)

no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no alternative o no choice but to go, we'll just have to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas para seguir I no longer have the strength to go on, I don't have the strength to go on any more

me queda la satisfacción de haber cumplido con mi deber I have the satisfaction of having done my duty

2 (sobrar) to be left, be left over

me comí la ensalada que había quedado del almuerzo I ate up the salad that was left (over) from lunch

el vino que quede se puede guardar para la próxima fiesta we can keep any wine that's left (over) for the next party

B

1

(faltar): quedan cinco minutos para que acabe la clase there are five minutes to go to o five minutes left to the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?, how far is it now?

(+ me/te/le etc): todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do

¡ánimo! ¡ya te queda poco para terminar! come on! you've almost finished!

2 quedar POR + INF:

quedan tres pacientes por ver there are three more patients to be seen

aún queda gente por pagar some people haven't paid yet, some people still haven't paid

(+ me/te/le etc): aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do

no me/le queda otra ( AmL fam); I have/he has no choice

por … que no quede ( Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try

hazlo, por mí que no quede go ahead, don't let me stop you

■ quedarse

v pron

Sentido I

A

1 (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

te estás quedando calvo you're going bald

se quedó huérfana/sorda a los seis años she was orphaned/she went deaf when she was six years old

cuando se fue me quedé muy sola when he left I felt very lonely

me quedé helado cuando me lo dijo I was staggered when she told me

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto don't (you) worry about it, I'll take care of it

me quedé dormido en el sofá I fell asleep on the sofa

embarazada¹ (↑ embarazada (1))

2

quedarse con/sin algo: ¿te has quedado con hambre? are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre I didn't get any dessert

se ha quedado sin trabajo she's out of work, she's lost her job

me quedé sin saber qué había pasado I never did find out what had happened

3

( Esp) (llegar a ser) (+ me/te/le etc): el vestido se te ha quedado corto the dress is too short on you now

la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them

4 (olvidarse) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind

B

1

(permanecer): pienso quedarme soltera I intend to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being (left) on my own o being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado y haz algo don't just stand there, do something!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

la escena se me ha quedado grabada en la memoria the scene has remained engraved o is engraved on my memory

iba para pintor pero se quedó en profesor de dibujo he set out to be a painter but he ended up as an art teacher

se quedó en la mesa de operaciones ( euf); he died on the operating table

de repente el motor se quedó ( AmL); the engine suddenly died on me

2 (en un lugar) to stay

quédate aquí stay here

me quedé a dormir en su casa I spent o stayed the night at his house

nos quedamos en un hotel/en casa de unos amigos we stayed at a hotel/with some friends

se tuvo que quedar en el hospital una semana más she had to stay o remain in (the) hospital for another week

se quedó en casa/en la cama todo el día she stayed at home/in bed all day

Sentido II

A ‹cambio/lápiz› to keep

quédatelo, yo tengo otro keep it, I have another one

quedarse CON algo:

quédate con la foto si quieres you can keep the photo o ( colloq) hang on to the photo if you want

se quedó con mi libro she kept my book, she didn't give my book back

entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál de los dos me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife

si me lo rebaja me quedo con él if you knock something off the price, I'll take it ( colloq)

quedarse con algn ( Esp fam) (burlarse de él) to have sb on ( colloq) (engañarlo) to take sb for a ride ( colloq)

B

( Chi) «pierna/brazo» (+ me/te/le etc): quiso levantarse pero se le quedó la pierna he tried to get up but he couldn't move his leg

se le queda la pierna al caminar he drags one leg when he walks

* * *

quedar ( conjugate quedar) verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado, una situación):
◊ quedar viudo/huérfano to be widowed/orphaned;

quedó paralítico he was left paralyzed;
el coche quedó como nuevo the car is as good as new (now);
y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear;
¿quién quedó en primer lugar? who was o came first?
2 ( en la opinión de los demás):
◊ si no voy quedaré mal con ellos it won't go down very well o it'll look bad if I don't turn up;

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe I did it to get in the boss's good books;
quedé muy bien con el regalo I made a very good impression with my present;
me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that;
nos hizo quedar mal a todos he embarrassed us all;
quedó en ridículo ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself;

( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3 ( permanecer):
◊ ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?;

le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar;
esto no puede quedar así we can't leave things like this;
nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing;
quedar atrás [ persona] to fall behind;

[rencillas/problemas] to be in the past
4 (+ me/te/le etc)
a) [tamaño/talla]:

◊ me queda largo it's too long for me;

la talla 12 le queda bien the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
b) ( sentar):

◊ el azul le queda bien/mal blue suits her/doesn't suit her

a) (acordar, convenir):

◊ ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?;

¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?;
quedaron en or (AmL) de no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything;
quedó en or (AmL) de venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine
b) ( citarse):

◊ ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?;

quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner
( estar situado) to be;
◊ queda justo entrente de la estación it's right opposite the station;

me queda muy lejos it's very far from where I live (o work etc)
(en 3a pers)
1
a) ( haber todavía) to be left;

◊ ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?;

¿queda café? is there any coffee left?;
solo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain;
no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no choice but to go
b) ( sobrar) [comida/vino] to be left (over)

2 ( faltar):
◊ queda poco para que acabe la clase it's not long till the end of the class;

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?;
todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do;
queda mucho por ver there is still a lot to see;
aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do;
no me/le queda otra (fam) I have/he has no choice
quedarse verbo pronominal
1
a) (en un lugar, país) to stay;

◊ quedarse en la cama to stay in bed

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

◊ te estás quedando calvo you're going bald;

quedarse dormido to fall asleep;
quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job
2 (+ me/te/le etc)
a) ( permanecer):

◊ quedarse soltera to stay single;

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being alone in the house;
no te quedes ahí parado don't just stand there!;
nos quedamos charlando hasta tarde we went on chatting until late in the evening;
se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me;
de repente el motor se quedó (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
b) (Andes) ( olvidarse):

◊ se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser):

◊ la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them

‹cambio/lápiz› to keep;
◊ se quedó con mi libro she kept my book;

me quedo con este I'll take this one
quedar verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado) quedar bien, (una persona) to make a good impression
(un objeto) to look nice
quedar en ridículo, to make a fool of oneself
2 (en un lugar) to be: mi casa no queda lejos, my house is not far from here
3 (sobrar) to be left: ¿queda más té?, is there any tea left?
4 (faltar) (tiempo) to go: quedan dos días para las vacaciones, there are two days to go till the holidays
5 (convenir) to agree: quedamos en ir al cine, we agreed to go to the cinema
6 (citarse) to meet: quedaré con mi hermana, I'll arrange to meet my sister
7 (una ropa, un peinado, etc) to suit: te queda grande, it's too big for you
' quedar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
betún
- cumplir
- descolgarse
- embarazarse
- enmudecer
- estar
- lucirse
- restar
- sobrar
- sopa
- venir
- aire
- aislado
- anillo
- bailar
- calle
- constar
- descubierto
- desmano
- enganchar
- faltar
- lejísimos
- manifiesto
- mano
- rezagado
- tabla
English:
air
- appal
- appall
- arrange
- date
- egg
- fit
- flu
- gasp
- go
- leave
- lie
- long
- meet
- one-upmanship
- remain
- rest
- side
- smoke
- stand
- stand about
- stand around
- agree
- alternatively
- catch
- come
- get
- keep
- narrow
- out
- over
- place
- remand
- runner
- scar
- scot-free
- show
- strand
- unpunished
- water
- widow

* * *

quedar

♦ vi

1. [permanecer] to remain, to stay;

nuestros problemas quedaron sin resolver our problems remained unsolved;

los tipos de interés han quedado al mismo nivel interest rates have stayed o remained at the same level;

no le quedaron secuelas del accidente he suffered no after-effects from the accident;
Andes, RP
en el apuro, quedaron los abrigos the coats got left behind o forgotten in the rush;

quedo a su entera disposición para cualquier consulta [en cartas] I am available to answer any enquiries you may have;

todo quedó en un buen susto she suffered nothing worse than a shock;

el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage;

¡esto no puede o [m5] no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!;

todos nuestros problemas han quedado atrás all our problems are behind us now

2. [haber aún] to be left, to remain;

¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?;

no queda azúcar there isn't any sugar left;

no nos queda leche we're out of milk;

queda gente dentro haciendo el examen there are still some people left inside doing the exam;

queda poco del casco antiguo de la ciudad little remains of the old part of the city;

nos quedan 50 pesos we have 50 pesos left;

lo que quede dáselo al perro give whatever's left over to the dog;

no me quedan ganas de seguir hablando I don't feel like talking any more;

me queda la esperanza de volver algún día I can only hope that one day I will return;

Comp
Am
no queda otra there's nothing else for it;

voy a tener que vender el auto para pagar las cuentas, no queda otra I'm going to have to sell the car to pay the bills, there's nothing else for it

3. [faltar]
¿cuánto queda para Buenos Aires? how much further is it to Buenos Aires?;

quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race;

queda poco/un mes para las vacaciones there's not long to go/there's a month to go until the holidays, it's not long/it's a month until the holidays;

queda mucho para mi cumpleaños my birthday's a long way off;

me quedan dos días para terminar el trabajo I have two days (left) to finish the work;

sólo me queda despedirme hasta la próxima semana all that remains is for me to say goodbye until next week;

quedar por hacer to remain to be done;

queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned;

nos quedan bastantes sitios por visitar we still have quite a lot of places to visit

4. [mostrarse, dar cierta imagen]
quedar bien/mal (con alguien) to make a good/bad impression (on sb);

le gusta quedar bien con todo el mundo he likes to keep everyone happy;

quedaste estupendamente trayendo flores you made a very good impression by bringing flowers;

voy a quedar fatal si no voy it'll look really bad if I don't go;

no me hagas quedar mal don't show me up;

quedaste como un mentiroso you ended up looking like o you came across like a liar;

quedó como un idiota he ended up o he was left looking stupid

5. [resultar]
el trabajo ha quedado perfecto the job turned out perfectly;

el cuadro queda muy bien ahí the picture looks great there;

el salón os ha quedado muy bonito the living-room has turned out lovely, you've made a great job of the living-room;

quedar claro to be clear;

no quiero que llegues después de las once, ¿queda claro? I don't want you back later than eleven, is that clear?;

quedar en [llegar, acabar] to end in;

quedar en quinto lugar, quedar el quinto to come fifth;

quedar en nada to come to nothing;
RP Fam
quedamos en veremos we left it open

6. [sentar]
te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short;

esta falda me queda un poco justa this skirt is a bit tight;

¡qué bien te queda ese traje! that dress really suits you!, you look great in that dress!;

esa camisa te queda mal that shirt doesn't suit you;

¿te quedan bien los zapatos? do the shoes fit you?;

quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with sth;
Méx
este pantalón no me queda these Br trousers o US pants don't suit me;
Méx
esas cortinas le quedan mal al salón those curtains don't go well in the living-room

7. [citarse]
quedar (con alguien) to arrange to meet (sb);

¿cuándo/dónde quedamos? when/where shall we meet?;

hemos quedado el lunes we've arranged to meet on Monday;

he quedado con Juan para jugar al tenis I've arranged to play tennis with Juan

8. [acordar]
quedar en algo to agree on sth;

quedar en o Am [m5] de hacer algo to agree to do sth;

¿en qué has quedado? what have you decided to do?;

quedar en que… to agree that…;

quedé con ellos en que iría I told them I'd go;

¿en qué quedamos? what's it to be, then?

9. [estar situado] to be;

queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts;

¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

10. [asignatura]
me queda el inglés de primero I still haven't passed first-year English;

¿cuántas te han quedado? how many subjects from last year do you have to resit this year?

♦ vt
RP Fam
quedarla: no apuestes todo a una sola posibilidad porque si no sale, la quedás don't put all your eggs in one basket because if it doesn't work out, you've had it;

¿quién la queda? [en juego] who's counting?

♦ v impersonal

por mí que no quede don't let me be the one to stop you;

que no quede por falta de dinero we don't want it to fall through for lack of money;

por probar que no quede we should at least try it

♦ See also the pronominal verb quedarse

* * *

quedar

v/i

1 ( permanecer) stay;

esto queda entre nosotros this is just between us;

quedar cerca be nearby

2 en un estado be;

quedó sin resolver it remained unresolved, it wasn’t sorted out;

¿cómo quedó? how did it end up?;

queda por hacer it still has o needs to be done

3 ( sentar)

:

te queda bien/mal de estilo it suits you/doesn’t suit you; de talla it fits you/doesn’t fit you

4 ( sobrar) be left;

¿queda mucho tiempo? is there much time left?;

no queda nada de tiempo time’s almost up; distancia it’s not far now

5 ( encontrarse)

:

quedar con alguien fam arrange to meet (with) s.o.;

¿dónde habíamos quedado? where had we arranged to meet?

6 ( acordar)

:

quedar en algo agree to sth;

¿en qué quedamos? what did we agree?

7

:

por mí que no quede it’s fine by me

* * *

quedar vi

1) permanecer: to remain, to stay

2) : to be

quedamos contentos con las mejoras: we were pleased with the improvements

3) : to be situated

queda muy lejos: it's very far, it's too far away

4) : to be left

quedan sólo dos alternativas: there are only two options left

5) : to fit, to suit

estos zapatos no me quedan: these shoes don't fit

6)

quedar bien (mal) : to turn out well (badly)

7)

quedar en : to agree, to arrange

¿en qué quedamos?: what's the arrangement, then?

♦ See also the reflexive verb quedarse

* * *

quedar vb

1. (haber) to be left

queda un poco de jamón there's a bit of ham left

¿quedan cebollas? are there any onions left?

2. (permanecer) to remain

aún quedan las murallas romanas the Roman walls still remain

3. (tener) to have left

me quedan mil pesetas I've got a thousand pesetas left

4. (faltar) to have to do

aún me quedan los deberes de inglés I've still got to do my English homework

5. (distancia, tiempo)

quedan todavía 10 kilómetros there are still 10 kilometres to go

queda un mes para las vacaciones it's one month till the holidays

6. (resultar) to be

el partido quedó en empate the match was a draw

las flores quedaron destrozadas the flowers were ruined

7. (estar) to be

quedó tranquila al saber la noticia she was relieved to hear the news

me quedé parada I was shocked

¿dónde queda la estación? where's the station?

ese pantalón te queda pequeño those trousers are too small for you

8. (citarse) to meet [pt. & pp. met]

¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?

he quedado con Ana I've arranged to meet Ana

9. (ponerse de acuerdo) to agree

habíamos quedado en que me vendrías a buscar we agreed that you'd come and meet me

10. (sentar bien ropa) to suit

ese sombrero te queda bien that hat suits you

quedar bien to make a good impression

quedó muy bien en la entrevista he made a good impression in the interview

quedar mal to make a bad impression

Spanish-English dictionary > quedar

20 aller

aller [ale]

━━━━━━━━━

1. intransitive verb

2. impersonal verb

3. auxiliary verb

4. reflexive verb

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 9

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► aller is conjugated with être.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (déplacement) to go

• où vas-tu ? where are you going?

• vas-y ! go on!

• on y va ? (avant un départ) shall we go? ; (avant d'agir) shall we start?

• allons-y ! let's go!

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► aller se traduit souvent par un verbe plus spécifique en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• j'allais par les rues désertes I wandered through the empty streets

• aller quelque part en voiture to drive somewhere

• aller quelque part en avion to fly somewhere

► aller et venir (entre deux endroits) to come and go ; (dans une pièce) to pace up and down

► aller + préposition

• aller à to go to

• il est allé à Caen he went to Caen

• ils sont allés à la campagne they went to the country

• aller à l'école to go to school

• l'argent ira à la restauration du clocher the money will go towards restoring the bell tower

• aller chez le boucher to go to the butcher's

• aller chez un ami to go to a friend's

• aller en France to go to France

• je vais sur or vers Lille (en direction de) I'm going towards Lille ; (but du voyage) I'm going to Lille

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque être allé à/en signifie avoir visité, il se traduit par to have been to.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• je ne suis jamais allé à New York I've never been to New York

• étiez-vous déjà allés en Sicile ? had you been to Sicily before?

   b. (évolution) on va à la catastrophe we're heading for disaster

• aller sur ses 30 ans to be getting on for 30 (Brit) to be going on 30 (US)

► plus ça va

• plus ça va, plus les gens s'inquiètent people are getting more and more worried

• plus ça va, plus je me dis que j'ai eu tort the more I think about it, the more I realize how wrong I was► aller en + participe présent

• aller en empirant to get worse and worse

• aller en augmentant to keep increasing

   c. ( = durer) l'abonnement va jusqu'en juin the subscription lasts till June

• la période qui va du 22 mai au 15 juillet the period from 22 May to 15 July

   d. (état, santé) comment allez-vous ? how are you?

• il va bien he's fine

• il va mal he's in a bad way

• comment ça va ? -- ça va how are you doing? -- fine

• ça va mieux maintenant I'm feeling better now

• non mais ça va pas ! (inf) are you out of your mind? (inf)

• comment vont les affaires ? -- elles vont bien how's business? -- fine

• ça va mal en Russie Russia is in a bad way

• ça va mal aller si tu continues there's going to be trouble if you carry on like that

• l'économie va mieux the economy is doing better

   e. ( = convenir) ça ira comme ça ? is it all right like that?

• aller avec to go well with

• aller bien ensemble [couleurs, styles] to go well together

• ils vont bien ensemble [personnes] they make a nice couple

► aller à qn (forme, mesure) to fit sb ; (style, genre) to suit sb

• cette robe te va très bien (couleur, style) that dress really suits you ; (taille) that dress fits you perfectly

• rendez-vous demain 4 heures ? -- ça me va (inf) tomorrow at 4? -- OK, fine (inf)

• ça lui va mal de critiquer les autres he's got a nerve (inf) criticizing other people

   f. (exclamations) allons !

• allez ! go on!

• allez la France ! come on France!

• allons, allons, il ne faut pas pleurer come on, don't cry

• ce n'est pas grave, allez ! come on, it's not so bad!

• va donc, eh crétin ! you stupid idiot! (inf)

• allez-y, c'est votre tour go on, it's your turn

• allez-y, vous ne risquez rien go on, you've nothing to lose

• non mais vas-y, insulte-moi ! (inf) go on, insult me!

► allons bon !

• allons bon ! qu'est-ce qui t'est encore arrivé ? now what's happened?

• allons bon, j'ai oublié mon sac ! oh dear, I've left my bag behind!► ça va ! (inf) ( = assez) that's enough! ; ( = d'accord) OK, OK! (inf)

• tes remarques désobligeantes, ça va comme ça ! I've had just about enough of your nasty comments!

• alors, tu viens ? -- ça va, j'arrive ! are you coming then? -- OK, OK (inf), I'm coming!

• ça fait dix fois que je te le dis -- ça va, je vais le faire ! I've told you ten times -- look, I'll do it, OK? (inf)► va pour (inf)

va pour 30 € ! OK, 30 euros then!

• j'aimerais aller à Tokyo -- alors va pour Tokyo ! I'd like to go to Tokyo -- Tokyo it is then!

2. <

• il y va de votre vie your life is at stake

• il en va de même pour tous les autres the same goes for all the others

• ça y va le whisky chez eux ! they certainly get through a lot of whisky!

• ça y allait les insultes ! you should have heard the abuse!

3. <

► aller + infinitif

   a. (futur)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque aller + infinitif sert à exprimer le futur, il se traduit par will + infinitif ; will est souvent abrégé en 'll.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il va descendre dans une minute he'll come down in a minute

• je vais le faire tout de suite I'll do it right away

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► La forme du futur to be going to s'utilise pour mettre qn en garde.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• tu vas être en retard you're going to be late

• je vais le dire à ton père I'll tell your father ; ( = menace) I'm going to tell your father

   b. (intention) il est allé se renseigner he's gone to get some information ; (a obtenu les informations) he went and got some information

• aller voir qn à l'hôpital to go and visit sb in hospital

   c. (locutions) n'allez pas vous imaginer que... don't you go imagining that...

• allez savoir ! (inf) who knows?

• va lui expliquer ça, toi ! you try explaining that to him!

4. <

► s'en aller

   a. ( = partir) to go

• bon, je m'en vais right, I'm going

• elle s'en va en vacances demain she is going on holiday tomorrow

• va-t'en ! go away!

   b. ( = disparaître) [tache] to come off ; (sur tissu) to come out

• ça s'en ira au lavage [boue] it'll wash off ; [tache] it'll wash out

5. <

   a. ( = billet) single (ticket) (Brit), one-way ticket (US)

   b. ( = trajet) outward journey

• l'aller s'est bien passé the outward journey went well

• trois allers (simples) pour Tours three singles (Brit) or one-way tickets (US) to Tours

► aller et retour return (ticket) (Brit) round-trip ticket (US)

• l'aller et retour Paris-New York coûte 2 500 € Paris-New York is 2,500 euros return (Brit) or round-trip (US)

• je ne fais que l'aller et retour I'm just going there and back

• j'ai fait plusieurs allers et retours entre chez moi et la pharmacie I made several trips to the chemist's

• le dossier a fait plusieurs allers et retours entre nos services the file has been shuttled between departments

* * *

I
1. ale
verbe auxiliaire

1) ( marque le futur)

je vais rentrer chez moi — I'm going home

j'allais partir — I was just leaving

j'allais partir quand il est arrivé — I was about to leave when he arrived

l'homme qui allait inventer la bombe atomique — the man who was to invent the atomic bomb

il va le regretter — he'll regret it

ça va aller mal — (colloq) there'll be trouble

tu vas me laisser tranquille? — will you please leave me alone!

2) ( marque le futur programmé)

je vais leur dire ce que je pense — I'm going to tell them what I think

3) ( marque le mouvement)

aller rouler de l'autre côté de la rue — to go rolling across the street

aller atterrir (colloq) sur mon bureau — to end up on my desk

4) ( marque l'inclination)

va savoir! — who knows?

qu'es-tu allé te mettre en tête? — where did you pick up that idea?

qui irait le soupçonner? — who would suspect him?

pourquoi es-tu allé faire ça? — why did you have to go and do that?

allez-y comprendre quelque chose! — just try and work that out!

5) ( marque l'évolution)

la situation va (en) se compliquant — the situation is getting more and more complicated

aller (en) s'améliorant — to be improving

la tristesse ira (en) s'atténuant — the grief will diminish

2.

verbe intransitif

1) (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner)

comment vas-tu, comment ça va? — how are you?

ça va (bien) — I'm fine

les enfants vont bien? — are the children all right?

comment va la santé? — how are you keeping?

aller beaucoup mieux — to be much better

bois ça, ça ira mieux — drink this, you'll feel better

tout va bien? — is everything going all right?

vous êtes sûr que ça va? — are you sure you're all right?

les affaires vont bien — business is good

ça va l'école? — how are things at school?

ça ne va pas très fort — ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low

ça va mal entre eux — things aren't too good between them

qu'est-ce qui ne va pas? — what's the matter?

la voiture a quelque chose qui ne va pas — there's something wrong with the car

tout est allé si vite! — it all happened so quickly!

ne pas aller sans peine or mal — not to be easy

ça va de soi or sans dire — it goes without saying

l'amour ne va jamais de soi — love is never straightforward

ça va tout seul — ( c'est facile) it's a doddle (colloq) GB, it's easy as pie

les choses vont très vite — things are moving fast

on fait aller — (colloq) struggling on (colloq)

ça peut aller — (colloq)

ça ira — (colloq) could be worse (colloq)

ça va pas, non (colloq) or la tête? — (colloq) are you mad (colloq) GB ou crazy? (colloq)

2) ( se déplacer) to go

allez tout droit — go straight ahead

aller et venir — ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out

la liberté d'aller et venir — the freedom to come and go at will

les nouvelles vont vite — news travels fast

où vas-tu? — where are you going?, where are you off (colloq) to?

aller en Pologne/au marché — to go to Poland/to the market

je suis allé de Bruxelles à Anvers — I went from Brussels to Antwerp

allons-y! — let's go!

je l'ai rencontré en allant au marché — I met him on the way to the market

aller sur or vers Paris — to head for Paris

aller vers le nord — to head north

va-t-on vers une nouvelle guerre? — are we heading for another war?

j'y vais — ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars) (colloq) I'm going, I'm off (colloq)

où va-t-il? — where is he off to? (colloq)

où va-t-on? — (colloq)

où allons-nous? — (colloq) fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?

3) ( pour se livrer à une activité)

aller au travail — to go to work

aller à la chasse — to go hunting

aller au pain — (colloq) to go and get the bread

aller aux courses (colloq) or commissions — (colloq) to go shopping

aller aux nouvelles — to go and see if there's any news

4) ( s'étendre dans l'espace)

la route va au village — the road leads to the village

la rue va de la gare à l'église — the street goes from the station to the church

5) ( convenir)

ma robe, ça va? — is my dress all right?

ça va, ça peut aller — (colloq) ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do

ça va comme ça — it's all right as it is

ça ne va pas du tout — that's no good at all

la traduction n'allait pas — the translation was no good

une soupe, ça (te) va? — how about some soup?

va pour une soupe — (colloq) soup is okay (colloq)

ça va si je porte un jean? — can I wear jeans?

si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas — don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it

si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi — (colloq) if it's okay by you, it's okay by me (colloq)

ma scie ne va pas pour le métal — my saw is no good for metal

ça te va bien de faire la morale — (colloq) iron you're hardly the person to preach

6) (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme)

aller à quelqu'un — to fit somebody

7) (flatter, mettre en valeur)

aller à quelqu'un — to suit somebody

ta cravate ne va pas avec ta chemise — your tie doesn't go with your shirt

les meubles vont bien ensemble — the furniture all matches

je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble — I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited

8) ( se ranger) to go

les assiettes vont dans le placard — the plates go in the cupboard

9) ( faculté)

pouvoir aller dans l'eau — to be waterproof

le plat ne va pas au four — the dish is not ovenproof

10) ( dans une évaluation)

la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h — the car can do up to 200 kph

certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1000 francs — some models can cost up to 1,000 francs

11) ( en arriver à)

aller jusqu'au président — to take it right up to the president

aller jusqu'à tuer — to go as far as to kill

leur amour est allé jusqu'à la folie — their love bordered on madness

12) ( dans le temps)

aller jusqu'en 1914 — to go up to 1914

la période qui va de 1918 à 1939 — the period between 1918 and 1939

le contrat allait jusqu'en 1997 — the contract ran until 1997

aller sur ses 17 ans — to be going on 17

13) (agir, raisonner)

vas-y doucement, le tissu est fragile — careful, the fabric is delicate

tu vas trop vite — you're going too fast

vas-y, demande-leur! — ( incitation) go on, ask them!

vas-y, dis-le! — ( provocation) come on, out with it!

allons, allez! — (pour encourager, inciter) come on!

si tu vas par là, rien n'est entièrement vrai — if you take that line, nothing is entirely true

14) ( contribuer)

y aller de sa petite larme — to shed a little tear

y aller de son petit discours — to do one's party piece

y aller de ses économies — to dip into one's savings

y aller de sa personne — to pitch in

15) (colloq) ( se succéder)

ça y va la vodka avec lui — he certainly gets through the vodka

ça y allait les coups — the fur was flying (colloq)

16) ( servir)

l'argent ira à la réparation de l'église — the money will go toward(s) repairing the church

l'argent est allé dans leurs poches — they pocketed the money

17) ( enfreindre)

aller contre la loi — [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law

je ne peux pas aller contre ce qu'il a décidé — I can't go against his decision

3.

s'en aller verbe pronominal

1) (partir, se rendre)

il faut que je m'en aille — I must go ou leave

va-t'en! — go away!

s'en aller au travail — to go off to work

2) ( disparaître)

les nuages vont s'en aller — the clouds will clear away

la tache ne s'en va pas — the stain won't come out

avec le temps, tout s'en va — everything fades with time

3) fml ( mourir) to pass away

4) (avoir l'intention de, essayer)

je m'en vais leur dire ce que je pense — I'm going to tell them what I think

va-t'en savoir! — who knows?

4.

verbe impersonnel

1) ( être en jeu)

il y va de ta santé — your health is at stake

2) ( se passer)

il en va souvent ainsi — that's often what happens

il en va de même pour toi — that goes for you too

il en va autrement en Corée — things are different in Korea

3) Mathématique

40 divisé par 12 il y va 3 fois et il reste 4 — 12 into 40 goes 3 times with 4 left over

II ale
nom masculin

1) ( trajet)

j'ai fait une escale à l'aller — I made a stopover on the way out

j'ai pris le bus à l'aller — ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here

l'aller a pris trois heures — the journey there took three hours

il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau — he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office

billet aller — gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket

billet aller (et) retour — return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US

match aller — first leg

2) ( ticket)

aller (simple) — single (ticket) GB, one-way ticket ( pour to)

aller (et) retour — return ticket

••

Lorsque aller fait partie d'une expression figée comme aller dans le sens de, aller de pair avec etc, l'expression est traitée sous l'entrée sens, pair etc

On notera les différentes traductions de aller verbe de mouvement indiquant: un déplacement unique dans le temps: je vais au théâtre ce soir = I'm going to the theatre [BrE] this evening; ou une habitude: je vais au théâtre tous les lundis = I go to the theatre [BrE] every Monday

aller + infinitif

la traduction dépend du temps: je vais apprendre l'italien = I'm going to learn Italian; il est allé voir l'exposition = he went to see the exhibition; j'allais me marier quand la guerre a éclaté = I was going to get married when the war broke out; va voir = go and see; va leur parler = go and speak to them; j'irai voir l'exposition demain = I'll go and see the exhibition tomorrow; je vais souvent m'asseoir au bord de la rivière = I often go and sit by the river; il ne va jamais voir une exposition = he never goes to see exhibitions

On notera que pour les activités sportives on peut avoir: aller nager/faire du vélo = to go swimming/cycling ou to go for a swim/on a bike ride

On trouvera ci-dessous des exemples et des exceptions illustrant aller dans ses différentes fonctions verbales

* * *
ale
1. nm

1) (= trajet) outward journey

L'aller nous a pris trois heures. — The journey there took us three hours., The outward journey took us three hours.

2) (= billet) single Grande-Bretagne ticket, one-way ticket

Je voudrais un aller pour Angers. — I'd like a single to Angers.

2. vi

1) (déplacement) to go

Je suis allé à Londres. — I went to London.

Elle ira le voir. — She'll go and see him.

La boulangerie? Je dois justement y aller. — The baker's? That's just where I need to go.

aller à la chasse — to go hunting

aller à la pêche — to go fishing

aller voir qn — to go and see sb

aller chercher qn — to go and get sb

pour aller à Conflans? — how do I get to Conflans?

2) (= convenir)

aller à qn [couleur, style] — to suit sb, [forme, pointure] to fit sb, [dispositions, date] to suit sb

cela me va [couleur, vêtement] — it suits me, (pointure, taille) it fits me, [projet, dispositions] it suits me, that's OK by me

Cette robe te va bien. — That dress suits you.

aller avec qch [couleurs, style] — to go with sth

bien aller avec qch — to go well with sth

3) (= se sentir)

"Comment allez-vous? " - - "Je vais bien." — "How are you?" - - "I'm fine."

Il va bien. — He's fine.

Il va mal. — He's not well.

aller mieux — to be better

4) (= marcher, se passer)

comment ça va? — how are you?, how are things?

"ça va?" - - "oui ça va!" — "how are things?" - - "fine!"

ça va bien — things are going well

ça va mal — things aren't going well

tout va bien — everything's fine

cela ne va pas sans difficultés — it's not without difficulties

5) (exhortation)

allez! (encouragement) — go on!, (avec impatience) come on!

Allez! Dépêche-toi! — Come on, hurry up!

allez, au revoir — OK then, bye-bye

6) (autres locutions)

y aller; allons-y! — let's go!

vas-y! — go on!

Je dois y aller. — I've got to go.

y aller un peu fort — to go a bit far

Tu y vas un peu fort. — You're going a bit too far., You're going a bit far.

il y va de leur vie — their lives are at stake

aller jusqu'à — to go as far as

Nous sommes allés jusqu'à Angers. — We went as far as Angers.

J'irais jusqu'à dire qu'il est trop tard. — I would go so far as to say that it's too late.

se laisser aller — to let o.s. go

ça va de soi; ça va sans dire — that goes without saying

ça va comme ça (= c'est suffisant) — that's fine, (impatience) that's enough

3. vb aux

(futur immédiat)

Je vais le faire. — I'm going to do it.

Je vais me fâcher. — I'm going to get angry.

Je vais écrire à mes cousins. — I'm going to write to my cousins.

* * *

I.

aller ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: aller

A v aux

1 ( marque le futur) je vais partir I'm leaving; je vais rentrer chez moi/me coucher I'm going home/to bed; j'allais partir I was just leaving; j'allais partir quand il est arrivé I was about to leave when he arrived; l'homme qui allait inventer la bombe atomique the man who was to invent the atomic bomb; il allait le regretter he was to regret it; il va le regretter he'll regret it; elle va avoir un an she'll soon be one; il va faire nuit it'll soon be dark; ça va aller mal○ there'll be trouble; tu vas me laisser tranquille? will you please leave me alone!;

2 ( marque le futur programmé) je vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; elle va peindre sa cuisine en bleu she's going to paint her kitchen blue; j'allais te le dire I was just going to tell you;

3 ( marque le mouvement) aller rouler de l'autre côté de la rue to go rolling across the street; aller valser○ à l'autre bout de la pièce to go flying across the room; aller atterrir○ en plein champ/sur mon bureau to end up in the middle of a field/on my desk;

4 (marque l'inclination, l'initiative) qu'est-ce que tu vas imaginer là? what a ridiculous idea!; va savoir! who knows?; va or allez (donc) savoir ce qui s'est passé who knows what happened?; qu'es-tu allé te mettre en tête? where did you pick up that idea?; qui irait le soupçonner? who would suspect him?; vous n'iriez pas leur dire ça? you're not going to go and say that, are you?; pourquoi es-tu allé faire ça? why did you have to go and do that?; n'allez pas croire une chose pareille! ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; allez y comprendre quelque chose! just try and work that out!;

5 ( marque l'évolution) la situation va (en) se compliquant the situation is getting more and more complicated; aller (en) s'améliorant/s'aggravant to be improving/getting worse; la tristesse ira (en) s'atténuant the grief will diminish.

B vi

1 (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner) comment vas-tu, comment ça va? how are you?; ça va (bien) I'm fine; les enfants vont bien? are the children all right?; et ta femme/ton épaule, comment ça va? how's your wife/your shoulder?; comment va la santé? how are you keeping?; ça va la vie○? how's life○?; ça va les amours○? how's the love life going?; aller beaucoup mieux to be much better; bois ça, ça ira mieux drink this, you'll feel better; tout va bien pour toi? is everything going all right?; si tout va bien if everything goes all right; vous êtes sûr que ça va? are you sure you're all right?; les affaires vont bien/mal business is good/bad; ça va l'école? how are things at school?; ça ne va pas très fort or bien ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low; ça pourrait aller mieux, ça va plus ou moins ( réponse) so-so; ça va mal entre eux things aren't too good between them; qu'est-ce qui ne va pas? what's the matter?; la voiture a quelque chose qui ne va pas there's something wrong with the car; tout va pour le mieux everything's fine; tout est allé si vite! it all happened so quickly!; ne pas aller sans peine or mal not to be easy; ne pas aller sans hésitations to take some thinking about; ça va de soi or sans dire it goes without saying; ça devrait aller de soi it should be obvious; ainsi vont les choses that's the way it goes; ainsi va le monde that's the way of the world; ainsi allait la France this was the state of affairs in France; l'amour ne va jamais de soi love is never straightforward; ça va tout seul ( c'est facile) it's a doddle○ GB, it's as easy as pie; ça ne va pas tout seul it's not that easy, it's no picnic○; les choses vont très vite things are moving fast; on fait aller○ struggling on○; ça peut aller○, ça ira○ could be worse○; ça va pas, non○ or la tête○? are you mad○ GB ou crazy○?; ça va pas, non, de crier or gesticuler comme ça○? what's the matter with you, carrying on like that○?; ⇒ pis;

2 ( se déplacer) to go; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; allez tout droit go straight ahead; aller et venir ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out; la liberté d'aller et venir the freedom to come and go at will; je préfère aller à pied/en avion I'd rather walk/fly; les nouvelles vont vite news travels fast; aller d'un pas rapide to walk quickly; je sais aller à bicyclette/cheval I can ride a bike/horse; où vas-tu? where are you going?, where are you off○ to?; je vais en Pologne I'm going to Poland; aller au marché/en ville to go to the market/into town; aller chez le médecin/dentiste to go to the doctor's/dentist's; va dans ta chambre go to your room; je suis allé de Bruxelles à Anvers I went from Brussels to Antwerp; je suis allé jusqu'en Chine/au marché ( et pas plus loin) I went as far as China/the market; ( et c'était loin) I went all the way to China/the market; je préfère ne pas y aller I'd rather not go; allons-y! let's go!; je l'ai rencontré en allant au marché I met him on the way to the market; aller vers le nord to head north; j'y vais ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars)○ I'm going, I'm off○; où va-t-il encore? where is he off to now○?; aller sur or vers Paris to head for Paris; où va-t-on○?, où allons-nous○? fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?; va donc, eh, abruti○! get lost○, you idiot!; ⇒ cruche;

3 (pour se livrer à une activité, chercher un produit) aller à l'école/au travail to go to school/to work; aller à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishing; allez-vous à la piscine? do you go to the swimming pool?; il est allé au golf/tennis he's gone to play golf/tennis; aller aux champignons/framboises to go mushroom-/raspberry-picking; aller au pain○ to go and get the bread; dans quelle boulangerie allez-vous? which bakery do you go to?; aller aux courses○ or commissions○ to go shopping; aller au ravitaillement to go and stock up; aller aux nouvelles or informations to go and see if there's any news;

4 ( s'étendre dans l'espace) la route va au village the road leads to the village; la rue va de la gare à l'église the street goes from the station to the church;

5 ( convenir) ma robe/la traduction, ça va? is my dress/the translation all right?; ça va, ça ira○, ça peut aller○ ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do; ça va comme ça it's all right as it is; ça ne va pas du tout that's no good at all; ça ne va pas du tout, tu dois mettre une cravate you can't go like that, you have to wear a tie; la traduction n'allait pas the translation was no good; lundi ça (te) va? would Monday suit you ou be okay○?; une soupe, ça (te) va? how about some soup?; va pour une soupe○ soup is okay○; ça irait si on se voyait demain? would it it be all right if we met tomorrow?; ça va si je porte un jean? can I wear jeans?; si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it; si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi○ or ça me va○ if it's okay by you, it's okay by me○; ça n'irait pas du tout ( inacceptable) that would never do; ma scie ne va pas pour le métal my saw is no good for metal; ça te va bien de faire la morale/parler comme ça○ iron you're hardly the person to preach/make that sort of remark;

6 (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme) aller à qn to fit sb; tes chaussures sont trop grandes, elles ne me vont pas your shoes are too big, they don't fit me; cette vis/clé ne va pas this screw/key doesn't fit;

7 (flatter, mettre en valeur) aller à qn to suit sb; le rouge ne me va pas or me va mal red doesn't suit me; sa robe lui allait (très) bien her dress really suited her; le rôle t'irait parfaitement the part would suit you perfectly; ta cravate ne va pas avec ta chemise your tie doesn't go with your shirt; les tapis vont bien ensemble the rugs go together well; les meubles vont bien ensemble the furniture all matches; je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited;

8 ( se ranger) to go; les assiettes vont dans le placard the plates go in the cupboard; la chaise pliante va derrière la porte de la cuisine the folding chair goes behind the kitchen door;

9 ( faculté) pouvoir aller dans l'eau to be waterproof; le plat ne va pas au four the dish is not ovenproof;

10 ( dans une évaluation) la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h the car can do up to 200 km/h; certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1 000 euros some models can cost up to 1,000 euros; une peine allant jusqu'à cinq ans de prison a sentence of up to five years in prison;

11 ( en arriver à) aller jusqu'au président to take it right up to the president; aller jusqu'à mentir/tuer to go as far as to lie/kill; leur amour est allé jusqu'à la folie their love bordered on madness;

12 ( dans le temps) aller jusqu'en 1914 to go up to 1914; pendant la période qui va du 8 février au 13 mars between 8 February and 13 March; la période qui va de 1918 à 1939 the period between 1918 and 1939; l'offre va jusqu'à jeudi the offer lasts until Thursday; le contrat allait jusqu'en 1997 the contract ran until 1997; va-t-on vers une nouvelle guerre? are we heading for another war?; aller sur ses 17 ans to be going on 17;

13 (agir, raisonner) vas-y doucement or gentiment, le tissu est fragile careful, the fabric is delicate; ils n'y sont pas allés doucement avec les meubles○ they were rather rough with the furniture; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; vas-y, demande-leur! ( incitation) go on, ask them!; vas-y, dis-le! ( provocation) come on, out with it!; allons, allez! (pour encourager, inciter) come on!; j'y vais○ ( je vais agir) here we go!; si tu vas par là or comme ça, rien n'est entièrement vrai if you take that line, nothing is entirely true;

14 ( contribuer) y aller de sa petite larme to shed a little tear; y aller de sa petite chanson to do one's party piece; y aller de ses économies to dip into one's savings; y aller de sa personne to pitch in; y aller de 100 euros Jeux to put in 100 euros;

15 ○( se succéder) ça y va la vodka avec lui he certainly gets through the vodka; ça y allait les coups the fur was flying○;

16 ( servir) où est allé l'argent? where has the money gone?; l'argent ira à la réparation de l'église the money will go toward(s) repairing the church; l'argent est allé dans leurs poches they pocketed the money;

17 ( enfreindre) aller contre la loi [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law; je ne peux pas aller contre ce qu'il a décidé I can't go against his decision.

C s'en aller vpr

1 (partir, se rendre) il faut que je m'en aille I must go ou leave; je m'en vais en Italie cet été I'm going to Italy this summer; je m'en vais du Japon l'année prochaine I'll be leaving Japan next year; va-t'en! go away!; s'en aller faire les courses/en vacances/au travail to go off to do the shopping/on vacation/to work; ils s'en allaient chantant† they went off singing;

2 ( disparaître) les nuages vont s'en aller the clouds will clear away; la tache ne s'en va pas the stain won't come out; avec le temps, tout s'en va everything fades with time; les années s'en vont the years go by;

3 fml ( mourir) to pass away;

4 (avoir l'intention de, essayer) je m'en vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; ne t'en va pas imaginer une chose pareille ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; va-t'en savoir ce qu'il a voulu dire! who knows what he meant?

D v impers

1 ( être en jeu) il y va de ma réputation my reputation is at stake; il y va de ta santé your health is at stake, you're putting your health at risk;

2 ( se passer) il en va souvent ainsi that's often what happens; tout le monde doit aider et il en va de même pour toi everyone must help, and that goes for you too; il en ira de même pour eux the same goes for them; il en va autrement en Corée things are different in Korea; il en ira de lui comme de ses prédécesseurs he'll go the same way as his predecessors;

3 Math 40 divisé par 12 il y va 3 fois et il reste 4 12 into 40 goes 3 times with 4 left over.

II.

aller nm

1 ( trajet) j'ai fait une escale à l'aller I made a stopover on the way out; j'ai pris le bus à l'aller ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here; l'aller a pris trois heures the journey there took three hours; il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office; je suis pressé, je ne fais que l'aller et le retour○ I'm in a hurry, I've just popped in○; billet aller gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket; billet aller (et) retour return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US;

2 ( ticket) aller (simple) single (ticket); deux allers (pour) Lille two singles to Lille; aller (et) retour return ticket;

3 Sport ( match) first leg; à l'aller in the first leg; match or rencontre aller first leg.

I

[ale] nom masculin

1. [voyage] outward journey

je suis passé les voir à l'aller I dropped in to see them on the way (there)

l'avion était en retard à l'aller et au retour the flight was delayed both ways

un aller (et) retour a round trip

faire des allers et retours [personne, document] to go back and forth, to shuttle back and forth

ne faire qu'un ou que l'aller et retour: je vais à la banque mais je ne fais qu'un aller et retour I'm going to the bank, but I'll be right back

2. [billet]

aller (simple) single (ticket) (UK), one-way ticket (US)

aller (et) retour return (UK) ou round-trip (US) (ticket)

3. (familier)

aller et retour [gifle] slap

II

[ale] verbe auxiliaire

1. (suivi de l'infinitif) [exprime le futur proche] to be going ou about to

tu vas tomber! you're going to fall!, you'll fall!

attendez-le, il va arriver wait for him, he'll be here any minute now

j'allais justement te téléphoner I was just going to phone you, I was on the point of phoning you

il va être 5 h it's going on 5

[pour donner un ordre]

tu vas faire ce que je te dis, oui ou non? will you do as I say or won't you?

2. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif] to go

ne va pas croire/penser que... don't go and believe/think that...

tu ne vas pas me faire croire que tu ne savais rien! you can't fool me into thinking that you didn't know anything!

que n'iront-ils pas s'imaginer! God knows what they'll think!

où est-elle? — allez savoir! where is she? — God knows!

allez expliquer ça à un enfant de 5 ans! try and explain ou try explaining that to a 5-year-old!

3. [exprime la continuité] (suivi du gérondif)

aller en: aller en s'améliorant to get better and better, to improve

aller en augmentant to keep increasing

aller en diminuant: le bruit allait en diminuant the noise was getting fainter and fainter

(suivi du participe présent)

aller croissant

a. [tension] to be rising

b. [nombre] to be rising ou increasing

————————

[ale] verbe intransitif

A.[EXPRIME LE MOUVEMENT]

1. [se déplacer] to go

qui va là? who goes there?

va vite!

a. hurry up!

b. [à un enfant] run along (now)!

vous alliez à plus de 90 km/h [en voiture] you were driving at ou doing more than 90 km/h

aller (et) venir

a. [de long en large] to pace up and down

b. [entre deux destinations] to come and go, to go to and fro

je n'ai fait qu'aller et venir toute la matinée I was in and out all morning

2. [se rendre - personne]

aller à to go to

en allant à Limoges on the way to Limoges

aller à la mer/à la montagne to go to the seaside/mountains

aller à l'université

a. [bâtiment] to go to the university

b. [institution] to go to university ou college

aller à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishing

où vas-tu? where are you going?

comment y va-t-on? how do you get there?

y aller: il y est allé en courant he ran there

on y va! let's go!

j'irai en avion/voiture I'll fly/drive, I'll go by plane/car

aller chez: aller chez un ami to go to see a friend, to go to a friend's

tu n'iras plus chez eux, tu m'entends? you will not visit them again, do you hear me?

aller dans: il a peur d'aller dans l'eau he's afraid to go into the water

je vais dans les Pyrénées I'm going to the Pyrenees

aller en: aller en Autriche to go ou to travel to Austria

aller en haut/bas to go up/down

aller vers: j'allais vers le nord I was heading ou going north

3. (suivi de l'infinitif) [pour se livrer à une activité]

aller faire quelque chose to go and do something, to go do something (US)

je vais faire mes courses tous les matins I go shopping every morning

va ramasser les poires dans le jardin go and pick the pears in the garden

va voir là-bas si j'y suis! (très familier) push off!, clear off!

va te faire voir (très familier) ou te faire foutre! (vulgaire) get lost! ou (UK) stuffed! (très familier), go to hell!

4. [mener - véhicule, chemin] to go

cette rue va vers le centre this street leads towards the city centre

aller droit au cœur de quelqu'un to go straight to somebody's heart

5. [fonctionner - machine] to go, to run ; [ - moteur] to run ; [ - voiture, train] to go

6. [se ranger - dans un contenant] to go, to belong ; [ - dans un ensemble] to fit

7. [être remis]

aller à to go to

l'argent collecté ira à une œuvre the collection will go ou be given to a charity

B.[S'ÉTENDRE]

1. [dans l'espace]

aller de... à...: leur propriété va de la rivière à la côte their land stretches from the river to the coast

le passage qui va de la page 35 à la page 43 the passage which goes from page 35 to page 43

aller jusqu'à

a. [vers le haut] to go ou to reach up to

b. [vers le bas] to go ou to reach down to

c. [en largeur, en longueur] to go to, to stretch as far as

2. [dans le temps]

aller de... à... to go from... to...

aller jusqu'à [bail, contrat] to run till

3. [dans une série]

aller de... à... to go ou to range from... to...

aller jusqu'à: les prix vont jusqu'à 8.000 euros prices go as high as 8,000 euros

C.[PROGRESSER]

1. [se dérouler]

aller vite/lentement to go fast/slow

plus ça va...: plus ça va, moins je comprends la politique the more I see of politics, the less I understand it

plus ça va, plus je l'aime I love her more each day

2. [personne]

aller jusqu'à: j'irai jusqu'à 1.000 euros pour le fauteuil I'll pay ou go up to 1,000 euros for the armchair

j'irais même jusqu'à dire que... I would even go so far as to say that...

sans aller jusque-là without going that far

aller sur ou vers [approcher de]: il va sur ou vers la cinquantaine he's getting on for ou going on 50

elle va sur ses cinq ans she's nearly ou almost five, she'll be five soon

aller à la faillite/l'échec to be heading for bankruptcy/failure

aller à sa ruine to be on the road to ruin

où va-t-on ou allons-nous s'il faut se barricader chez soi? what's the world coming to if people have to lock themselves in nowadays?

allons (droit) au fait let's get (straight) to the point

aller au plus pressé to do the most urgent thing first

D.[ÊTRE DANS TELLE OU TELLE SITUATION]

1. [en parlant de l'état de santé]

bonjour, comment ça va? — ça va hello, how are you? — all right

comment va la santé?, comment va? (familier) how are you keeping?

ça va? [après un choc] are you all right?

ça ne va pas du tout I'm not at all well

aller bien: je vais bien I'm fine ou well

ça va bien? are you OK?

aller mieux: elle va beaucoup mieux she's (feeling) much better

aller mal: il va mal he's not at all well, he's very poorly

ça va pas (bien) ou la tête!, ça va pas, non? (familier) you're off your head!, you must be mad!

ça va? — on fait aller (familier) ou il faut faire aller (familier) how are you? — mustn't grumble

2. [se passer]

comment vont les affaires? — elles vont bien how's business? — (it's doing) OK ou fine

ça va de moins en moins bien entre eux things have gone from bad to worse between them

les choses vont ou ça va mal things aren't too good ou aren't going too well

obéis-moi ou ça va mal aller (pour toi)! do as I say or you'll be in trouble!

comment ça va dans ton nouveau service? how are you getting on ou how are things in the new department?

quelque chose ne va pas? is there anything wrong ou the matter?

ça ne va pas tout seul ou sans problème it's not an ou it's no easy job

et le travail, ça va comme tu veux? (familier) is work going all right?

E.[EXPRIME L'ADÉQUATION]

1. [être seyant]

aller (bien) à quelqu'un

a. [taille d'un vêtement] to fit somebody

b. [style d'un vêtement] to suit somebody

le bleu lui va blue suits her, she looks good in blue

ça ne te va pas de parler vulgairement coarse language doesn't suit ou become you

ça te va bien de donner des conseils! (ironique) you're a fine one to give advice!

cela te va à ravir ou à merveille that looks wonderful on you, you look wonderful in that

2. [être en harmonie]

aller avec: aller avec quelque chose to go with ou to match something

j'ai acheté un chapeau pour aller avec ma veste I bought a hat to go with ou to match my jacket

aller ensemble

a. [couleurs, styles] to go well together, to match

b. [éléments d'une paire] to belong together

ils vont bien ensemble, ces deux-là! those two make quite a pair!

je trouve qu'ils vont très mal ensemble I think (that) they're an ill-matched couple ou they make a very odd pair

3. [convenir]

la clé de 12 devrait aller spanner number 12 should do (the job)

nos plats vont au four our dishes are oven-proof

tu veux de l'aide? — non, ça ira! do you want a hand? — no, I'll manage ou it's OK!

tu ne rajoutes pas de crème? — ça ira comme ça don't you want to add some cream? — that'll do (as it is) ou it's fine like this

ça ira pour aujourd'hui that'll be all for today, let's call it a day

pour un studio, ça peut aller as far as bedsits (UK) ou studio apartments (US) go, it's not too bad

aller à quelqu'un: on dînera après le spectacle — ça me va we'll go for dinner after the show — that's all right ou fine by me ou that suits me (fine)

F.[LOCUTIONS]

allez, un petit effort come on, put some effort into it

allez, je m'en vais! right, I'm going now!

zut, j'ai cassé un verre! — et allez (donc), le troisième en un mois! damn! I've broken a glass! — well done, that's the third in a month!

allez ou allons donc! [tu exagères] go on ou get away (with you)!,come off it!

allez-y! go on!, off you go!

allons-y! let's go!

allons-y, ne nous gênons pas! (ironique) don't mind me!

allons bon, j'ai perdu ma clef maintenant! oh no, now I've lost my key!

allons bon, voilà qu'il recommence à pleurer! here we go, he's crying again!

c'est mieux comme ça, va! it's better that way, you know!

(espèce de) frimeur, va! (familier) you show-off!

va donc, eh minable! (familier) get lost, you little creep!

ça va (familier) , ça va bien (familier) , ça va comme ça (familier) OK

je t'aurai prévenu! — ça va, ça va! don't say I didn't warn you! — OK, OK!

ça va comme ça hein, j'en ai assez de tes jérémiades! just shut up will you, I'm fed up with your moaning!

y aller (familier) : une fois que tu es sur le plongeoir, il faut y aller! once you're on the diving board, you've got to jump!

quand faut y aller, faut y aller when you've got to go, you've got to go

y aller [le faire]: vas-y doucement, c'est fragile gently ou easy does it, it's fragile

vas-y mollo avec le vin! (familier) go easy on the wine!

comme tu y vas (familier) /vous y allez (familier) : j'en veux 30 euros — comme tu y vas! I want 30 euros for it — isn't that a bit much?

ça y va: (familier) ça y va, les billets de 10 euros! 10 euro notes are going as if there was no tomorrow!

y aller de: aux réunions de famille, il y va toujours d'une ou de sa chansonnette every time there's a family gathering, he sings a little song

elle y est allée de sa petite larme (humoristique) she had a little cry

il ou cela ou ça va de soi (que) it goes without saying (that)

il ou cela ou ça va sans dire (que) it goes without saying (that)

il y va de: il y va de ta vie/carrière/réputation your life/career/reputation is at stake

il en va de... comme de...: il en va de la littérature comme de la peinture it's the same with literature as with painting

il en va de même pour: il n'en va pas de même pour toi the same doesn't apply to you

il en va autrement: il en irait autrement si ta mère était encore là things would be very different if your mother was still here

va pour le Saint-Émilion! (familier) all right ou OK then, we'll have the Saint-Emilion!

tout le monde est égoïste, si tu vas par là! everybody's selfish, if you look at it like that!

————————

s'en aller verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [partir - personne] to go

je lui donnerai la clé en m'en allant I'll give him the key on my way out

va-t'en! go away!

tous les jeunes s'en vont du village all the young people are leaving the village

va-t'en de là! get away from there!

2. [se défaire, se détacher] to come undone

3. (soutenu) [mourir - personne] to die, to pass away

4. [disparaître - tache] to come off, to go (away) ; [ - son] to fade away ; [ - forces] to fail ; [ - jeunesse] to pass ; [ - lumière, soleil, couleur] to fade (away) ; [ - peinture, vernis] to come off

ça s'en ira au lavage/avec du savon it'll come off in the wash/with soap

leur dernière lueur d'espoir s'en est allée their last glimmer of hope has gone ou vanished

5. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif]

il s'en fut trouver le magicien off he went to find the wizard

je m'en vais lui dire ses quatre vérités! (familier) I'm going to tell her a few home truths!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > aller

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

Who Was That Lady? — Infobox Film name = Who Was That Lady? caption = Original film poster director = George Sidney producer = Norman Krasna writer = Norman Krasna starring = Tony Curtis Dean Martin Janet Leigh music = André Previn cinematography = Harry Stradling… … Wikipedia

who was who — phrasal see who is who … New Collegiate Dictionary

The Man Who Was Thursday — Infobox Book name = The Man Who Was Thursday: a Nightmare title orig = translator = image caption = author = G. K. Chesterton illustrator = cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English series = genre = Thriller novel publisher = J.W … Wikipedia

The Girl Who Was... Death — Infobox Album Name = The Girl Who Was... Death Type = studio Artist = Devil Doll Released = March 4, 1989 Recorded = September 1988 at Tivoli Studios in Ljubljana, Yugoslavia (now Slovenia) Genre = Progressive rock, Neo progressive rock, Gothic… … Wikipedia

The Girl Who Was Death — For the Devil Doll album, see The Girl Who Was... Death. The Girl Who Was Death The Prisoner episode Episode no. Season 1 Episode 15 Directed by … Wikipedia

The Man Who Was Never Born — Infobox Television episode Title = The Man Who Was Never Born Series = The Outer Limits Caption = Season = 1 Episode = 6 Airdate = October 28, 1963 Production = 12 Writer = Anthony Lawrence Director = Leonard Horn Photographer = Conrad Hall… … Wikipedia

The Girl Who Was Plugged In — is a science fiction short story by James Tiptree, Jr, a pen name for psychologist Alice Sheldon. It won a Hugo Award in 1974.Plot summaryThe story takes place in a future world, where almost everything is controlled by corporate interests.… … Wikipedia

Who Shot Phil? — was a storyline of the popular BBC soap opera EastEnders which evolved during 2001. BackgroundThe storyline centred around one of EastEnders longest running characters, Phil Mitchell (played by Steve McFadden). The build up to the storyline… … Wikipedia

Who's Who (UK) — Who s Who (2007 edition: ISBN 978 0 7136 7527 6), is an annual British publication of biographies which vary in length (typically a single paragraph or block) of about 30,000 living notable Britons.History Who s Who has been published since 1849… … Wikipedia

Who Put The Bomp (in the Bomp, Bomp, Bomp) — is a Doo wop style hit song from 1961 co written (with Gerry Goffin) and recorded by Barry Mann. He was backed up by The Halos [ [http://home.att.net/ marvart/Arthurcrier/arthurcrier.html Marv Goldberg s R B Notebooks The Arthur Crier Story] ] ,… … Wikipedia

Who’s Who in the CIA — Who s Who in the CIA was a book written by Julius Mader and published in East Berlin in 1968 [ [http://intellit.muskingum.edu/alpha folder/M folder/mad mae.html Mad Mae ] ] , purporting to identify about 3,000 active agents of the U.S. Central… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

who was it

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

who was it

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: